{"title":"Brass Light Switches","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur brass light switches bring a warm finish to the first thing you reach for when you walk into a room. We stock polished, antique and brushed brass on flat, screwless and square-edge plates, as plain switches, toggles and dimmers. Most are two-way, so the same switch works for a single light or a staircase, and we always recommend a qualified electrician fits yours.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"10ax-4-gang-2-way-plate-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"10AX 4 Gang 2 Way Plate Switch - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 4-gang 2-way switch controls four independent lighting circuits from a single faceplate, finished in antique brass with a square-edge steel construction. Each gang switches up to 10A at 230V, allowing control of high-load lighting circuits including multiple downlights, chandeliers, or mixed lighting zones in larger rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2-way configuration allows each gang to be paired with a second switch elsewhere in the room, so a single lighting circuit can be controlled from two locations — typically used for staircases, long corridors, or rooms with multiple entry points. The four gangs operate independently, making this switch well-suited to open-plan living areas, commercial reception spaces, or hospitality environments where multiple lighting zones need discrete switching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish is a warm, slightly darkened brass with subtle tonal variation that develops naturally over time, giving the switch a lived-in, heritage character. The square-edge faceplate is cut from premium-grade steel and sits flush with the wall once fitted to a standard UK back box. A built-in gasket behind the faceplate protects the terminal chamber from dust ingress, and the IP20 rating confirms it's suitable for dry indoor locations. The switch requires a 16mm minimum back box depth and carries a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350126_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283436.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way switching mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-way means each gang can be wired to work with a second switch at another location, allowing a single light to be controlled from two positions. Common in hallways, staircases, and rooms with multiple doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between 10A and 10AX?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10AX is rated for 10A resistive load and 6A inductive load, making it suitable for fluorescent, LED and low-voltage transformer circuits. Standard 10A switches are resistive-only and may not handle inductive loads reliably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 16mm minimum back box depth is required. Most UK standard metal back boxes are 25mm or 35mm, both of which accommodate this switch comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the antique brass tarnish over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAntique brass is pre-treated to have a warm, slightly darkened tone. It will continue to develop a natural patina with handling and exposure to air, which is a characteristic of the finish rather than a defect.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293547028747,"sku":"CS41AB","price":17.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1675760_5b7a4082-3b67-4f8b-b521-215b2fc3e44d.jpg?v=1714660094"},{"product_id":"10ax-6-gang-2-way-light-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"10AX 6 Gang 2 Way Light Switch - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 6-gang 2-way light switch provides six independent switching circuits behind an antique brass square-edge faceplate with matching metal rockers. Each gang is rated at 10A on a 230V supply, handling lighting circuits up to 2,300W per switch. The 2-way configuration allows the same lighting circuit to be controlled from two locations in a room, making it suitable for large open-plan spaces or rooms with multiple entrances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential and commercial installation, the switch fits a standard 25mm UK back box with a minimum 16mm depth required for the switch mechanism itself. The screw-fixed faceplate uses visible slotted screws at each corner, giving a traditional appearance that contrasts with screwless ranges. The antique brass finish has a darker, aged patina that pairs with period and traditional interiors, classical kitchens, heritage properties, and warm-toned contemporary spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe steel construction carries a 25-year warranty and an IP20 rating for indoor dry locations. The built-in gasket between the faceplate and back box reduces air gaps and dust ingress. Each rocker switch is metal rather than plastic, maintaining material consistency across the faceplate and giving a more substantial feel when operating the switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350132_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283440.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way switching mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 2-way switch allows the same lighting circuit to be controlled from two separate switch locations. This is common in large rooms, hallways, or staircases where you want to turn lights on or off from either end of the space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm back box depth is required for the switch mechanism. Standard UK single or double back boxes at 25mm depth are compatible. The faceplate adds 10.5mm projection from the wall once fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a screwless faceplate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The square-edge range uses visible slotted screws at each corner of the faceplate, giving a traditional appearance. For screwless finishes, see the Knightsbridge screwless ranges in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces the square-edge 6-gang 2-way switch in multiple finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293547389195,"sku":"CS42AB","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1673518_1b6e938f-ebae-4590-adc4-1ef24ad1f0a1.jpg?v=1714660096"},{"product_id":"10ax-3-gang-2-way-toggle-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"10AX 3 Gang 2-Way Toggle Switch - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 3-gang 2-way toggle switch offers independent control of three separate lighting circuits from two locations, housed behind a premium steel faceplate in an antique brass finish with a square edge profile. Each toggle operates at a 10AX rating, suitable for circuits up to 2,300W per gang on 230V mains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for rooms with multiple entry points such as through lounges, hallways and landing spaces, the 3-gang 2-way configuration allows three different light fittings to be controlled independently from either end of the room. The square edge faceplate sits flush with the wall surface with a 10.5mm projection, and the matching metal toggles retain the same antique brass finish as the plate. A built-in gasket behind the faceplate provides IP20-rated protection against dust ingress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish shows a warmer, darker patina than polished or satin brass, with subtle tonal variation across the brushed surface that suits period properties, traditional interiors and heritage restoration projects. The premium steel construction carries a 25-year warranty and requires a minimum 16mm back box depth for installation. Terminal connections use standard screw fixing with an earth terminal included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350137_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283790.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way switching mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 2-way switch allows the same light fitting to be controlled from two separate switch locations, typically at opposite ends of a room or at the top and bottom of a staircase. This 3-gang version provides that functionality for three independent circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm back box depth is needed. The faceplate adds 10.5mm of projection from the wall once installed, giving a total depth of approximately 26.5mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum load per gang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach gang is rated at 10AX on 230V, which supports circuits up to 2,300W. This is suitable for most domestic lighting loads including multiple LED or halogen downlights on a single circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does antique brass differ from other brass finishes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAntique brass shows a darker, warmer patina than polished or satin brass, with subtle tonal variation across the surface. The finish is less reflective than polished brass and pairs well with period properties and traditional interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293547421963,"sku":"CSTOG3AB","price":17.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1673438_6956d3d6-b3be-42ba-bc02-37b548e5aa74.jpg?v=1714660099"},{"product_id":"10ax-4-gang-2-way-toggle-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"10AX 4 Gang 2 Way Toggle Switch - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 4-gang 2-way toggle switch provides four independent lighting circuits controlled by matching antique brass metal toggles on a square edge steel faceplate. Each gang is rated at 10AX (10 amps), handling up to 2,300W per circuit on 230V mains, making it suitable for standard domestic and commercial lighting loads including LED, halogen and incandescent lamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for rooms requiring multiple lighting zones controlled from two positions — living rooms with separate ceiling, wall and table lamp circuits, kitchens with island, worktop and ambient lighting, or hallways with front and rear entrance control. The 2-way switching allows each circuit to be operated from this switch and a second switch elsewhere in the room. The square edge plate sits flush to the wall with a 10.5mm projection and a built-in gasket that seals against the mounting box for a clean finish without gaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish is applied to premium grade steel and develops a darker patina in the recesses around each toggle, giving the plate depth and tonal variation that changes depending on room light. The metal toggles match the plate finish and provide a more substantial tactile feedback than plastic rockers. The switch requires a 16mm minimum back box depth and is fixed with visible screws at each corner — this is not a screwless variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350146_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283794.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way switching mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-way switching allows each lighting circuit to be controlled from two separate switch positions in the room. You would wire this switch and a second 2-way switch at another location (e.g. opposite ends of a hallway or either side of a bedroom) so the lights can be turned on or off from both positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 16mm minimum back box depth is needed. The switch has a built-in gasket that seals against the mounting box once the faceplate is screwed down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a screwless plate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The square edge antique brass plate is fixed with visible screws at each corner. For a screwless variant in the same finish, see the Knightsbridge screwless range which uses a clip-on cover plate over a separate sub-frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces the square edge 4-gang toggle switch in polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, satin brass, matt black and white. Use the search or filter functions to find other finishes in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293547454731,"sku":"CSTOG4AB","price":21.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1673444_643cf1ea-183f-472b-88f7-0acb452b704a.jpg?v=1714660101"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-2-way-plate-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"10AX 1 Gang 2-Way Plate Switch - Antique Brass (Square Edge)","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang 2-way plate switch is a single-gang light switch with a square-edge antique brass faceplate and matching metal rocker. The 10AX rating handles loads up to 2,300W on standard 230V mains, making it suitable for controlling ceiling lights, wall lights and most domestic lighting circuits from two switch positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for two-way lighting control, the switch is typically installed in pairs to control a single light or circuit from two different locations — common in hallways, staircases and larger rooms with multiple entrances. The switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth and uses screw terminals for wiring. A built-in gasket sits between the faceplate and the wall to ensure a snug fit on installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish is a warm, aged metal tone with subtle darker patination that pairs well with traditional, period and heritage interiors. The premium-grade steel construction gives the 89mm square faceplate durability, and the 10.5mm projection from the wall sits flush with standard UK architrave depths. The square edge design uses clean right-angled corners rather than rounded edges, creating a sharper, more architectural profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\" style=\"width: 100%; height: 215.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 54.1858%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 43.3325%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350234_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283418.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a 2-way switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 2-way switch allows a single light or circuit to be controlled from two different switch positions. Typical installations include hallways where you switch the light on at one end and off at the other, or staircases where switches are positioned at the top and bottom landings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm mounting box depth is needed for installation. This is shallower than many switches, making it suitable for installations where back box depth is limited, such as dot-and-dab plasterboard walls or shallow cavity walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 10AX mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10AX is the switch rating — it can handle up to 10 amperes on 230V mains, which equates to approximately 2,300W of load. This is suitable for most domestic lighting circuits including LED, halogen and incandescent bulbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces the square-edge 1-gang 2-way switch in multiple finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, satin brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293547913483,"sku":"CS2AB","price":10.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1672702_8dbf2541-8bb8-4aae-a841-9da861d24d9b.jpg?v=1714660109"},{"product_id":"10ax-2-gang-2-way-plate-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"10AX 2 Gang 2 Way Plate Switch - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 2-gang 2-way plate switch features an antique brass finish on premium-grade steel construction with matching metal rockers. The 10AX rating handles lighting loads up to 2,300W on 230V mains, making it suitable for standard domestic lighting circuits including multi-bulb ceiling fittings and wall lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-way switching allows the same lighting circuit to be controlled from two different locations, typically used in hallways with switches at both ends, staircases with ground-floor and first-floor controls, or large rooms with entry points at opposite sides. Each gang operates independently, so the switch can control two separate lighting circuits or two different sets of lights within the same room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe square edge faceplate sits flush to the wall with visible screw fixings at top and bottom. The antique brass finish is a darker, warmer brass tone with deliberately applied patina that gives the appearance of aged metalwork, pairing well with period properties, traditional interiors and warm-toned contemporary schemes. The integrated gasket behind the faceplate provides additional protection against dust ingress, and the switch carries IP20 rating for standard indoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe switch requires a minimum 16mm mounting box depth for installation and uses screw terminals for wiring connections. Knightsbridge backs this switch with a 25-year warranty and EN 60669-1 certification for safety and performance standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350241_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283430.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between 1-way and 2-way switching?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne-way switches control a light from a single location. Two-way switches allow the same light to be controlled from two different locations, such as both ends of a hallway or top and bottom of a staircase. This switch is 2-way, so it can be wired for either single-location or dual-location control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat mounting box depth is needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm back box depth is required. The faceplate adds 10.5mm projection from the wall once fitted, giving a total depth of approximately 26.5mm including the plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a screwless plate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a traditional screw-fixed plate with visible fixing screws at top and bottom of the faceplate. Knightsbridge produces screwless versions of this finish in separate product ranges if you prefer a no-screw appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish options are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this square-edge screw-fixed switch style in multiple finishes including polished brass, brushed brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, matt black and white. Use the search function or category filters to find other finishes in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293547946251,"sku":"CS3AB","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1672708_262613a9-5d70-4db2-8bc2-208b5fb8235e.jpg?v=1714660112"},{"product_id":"10ax-3-gang-2-way-plate-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"10AX 3 Gang 2-Way Plate Switch - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 3-gang 2-way plate switch controls three separate lighting circuits from two locations, housed behind an antique brass square-edge faceplate with matching metal rockers. The 10AX rating handles loads up to 2,300W per gang on 230V mains, suitable for most domestic and light commercial lighting circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for rooms requiring multi-location control of three separate circuits, this switch suits hallways with landings, staircases, large living rooms with multiple light zones, and commercial spaces needing flexible lighting control. The 2-way wiring allows each gang to be paired with a second switch elsewhere in the room, enabling lights to be controlled from both entry and exit points. The 16mm minimum back box depth makes it compatible with shallow retrofit applications where standard 25mm boxes cannot fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish is brushed and then treated to create a darker, aged patina that highlights the brushed grain pattern beneath. This finish develops further character over time as natural oxidation deepens the surface tone, making it well-suited to period properties, traditional interiors and heritage refurbishments. The square edge profile sits flush against the wall without a bevelled surround, giving a clean geometric appearance. The built-in gasket behind the faceplate provides IP20 dust ingress protection and helps reduce air gaps around the plate edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350246_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283448.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 2-way switch can be wired to control the same light from two different locations. For example, a landing light controlled from both upstairs and downstairs, or a bedroom light controlled from both the door and the bedside. Each of the three gangs on this switch can be independently wired as 2-way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm back box depth is required. This shallow requirement makes the switch suitable for retrofit installations where wall depth is limited or where chasing deeper boxes into masonry is not practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the antique brass finish age?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish is pre-aged during manufacture with a darker patina that highlights the brushed grain. Over time, natural oxidation will continue to deepen the surface tone and may create subtle tonal variation depending on handling and environmental exposure. This is characteristic of living finishes and is not a defect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the load capacity per gang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach gang is rated at 10AX, which handles up to 2,300W at 230V. This accommodates most domestic lighting loads including multiple LED downlights, pendant circuits, and wall lights on a single gang.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293548077323,"sku":"CS4AB","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1672714_225d7ce6-a534-452a-8cae-cbebef31c3a9.jpg?v=1714660115"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Switch - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate switch features a square edge antique brass plate with a matching metal rocker, designed for three-way lighting circuits where a single light is controlled from three separate switch positions. The intermediate function sits between two two-way switches, typically on staircases with landings or in hallways with three access points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from premium-grade steel with an antique brass finish, the switch provides a warm, aged metallic tone that suits period properties, traditional interiors and vintage-inspired schemes. The square edge profile gives a defined geometric outline against the wall, distinct from rounded-edge contemporary styles. The metal rocker matches the plate finish, creating a unified appearance across the switch face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10AX rating handles loads up to 2,300W on a 230V circuit, suitable for standard domestic lighting including LED, halogen and incandescent bulbs. The switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth for installation and includes an earth terminal for metal back box bonding. A built-in gasket provides moisture resistance to IP20 standard, making it suitable for dry indoor locations. The screw terminals accept standard UK wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350253_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283388.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch controls a single light from three or more locations. It sits between two two-way switches in the circuit, typically on staircases with upper and lower landings or in long hallways with three access points. You cannot use an intermediate switch alone — it only functions when wired between two-way switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm back box depth is needed for safe installation. The switch plate adds 10.5mm of projection from the wall once fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the antique brass finish lacquered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost Knightsbridge antique brass finishes are lightly lacquered to slow natural tarnishing. The finish will develop additional patina over time if the lacquer wears in high-contact areas around the rocker. This is a characteristic of antique brass rather than a defect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this square edge style in multiple finishes including polished brass, brushed brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293548142859,"sku":"CS12AB","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1672730_ae0053eb-654f-4856-9b4e-177a62a13d80.jpg?v=1714660117"},{"product_id":"10ax-fan-isolator-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"10AX Fan Isolator Switch - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX fan isolator switch provides triple-pole isolation for bathroom and utility room extractor fans behind an antique brass square edge faceplate. The switch disconnects all three poles (live, neutral and switching live) when turned off, allowing safe maintenance or replacement of fan units without needing to isolate the entire circuit at the consumer unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for en-suites, family bathrooms, utility rooms and kitchens where extractor fans require local isolation, the switch mounts in a standard 16mm minimum depth back box and projects just 10.5mm from the wall once fitted. The switch carries a 10AX rating at 230V, handling typical domestic fan loads and lighting circuits. The metal rocker is marked with 'FAN ISOLATOR' engraving and ON\/OFF positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish provides a warm, aged metallic tone that pairs well with traditional bathroom fittings, brass tapware and heritage-style interiors. The square edge plate measures 89mm × 89mm and uses a screw-fixed design rather than screwless, with two visible fixing screws. The faceplate is constructed from premium-grade steel with the antique brass finish applied and lacquered to resist tarnishing in humid bathroom environments. The switch carries IP20 rating and is certified to EN 60669-1 and EN 60669-2-4 standards, with a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350260_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283384.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a fan isolator switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA fan isolator switch allows safe isolation of an extractor fan without turning off power to the entire bathroom or utility room circuit. This is required by Building Regulations Part P for safe maintenance and replacement of fan units, and is typically installed outside the bathroom itself or outside the zones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 16mm minimum back box depth is needed. This is shallower than standard switches, making the switch suitable for stud walls and tight cavity depths where a 25mm or 35mm box cannot fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this switch screwless?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a square edge screw-fixed plate with two visible fixing screws on the faceplate. Knightsbridge produces screwless versions of this switch in other ranges if a screwless finish is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this square edge style in polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, satin brass, antique brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293548175627,"sku":"CS11AB","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1672828_0f0dc085-bad5-426b-9a9e-e25b7bfbd11e.jpg?v=1714660120"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-intermediate-toggle-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"10AX 1 Gang Intermediate Toggle Switch - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang intermediate toggle switch provides the middle switching point in three-switch circuits, allowing a single light or lighting group to be controlled from three separate wall locations. The switch features an antique brass square-edge metal faceplate with a matching metal toggle mechanism that clicks up and down for on\/off control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for stairwells, landings, long hallways and open-plan spaces where light control is needed from more than two positions, the intermediate switch sits between two 2-way switches to complete the circuit. The 10AX rating handles lighting loads up to 2,300W on a 230V circuit, covering typical domestic and light commercial installations. The 16mm minimum back box depth requirement makes it compatible with shallow mounting boxes in stud walls and plasterboard partitions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish is applied to premium-grade steel and shows the subtle surface variation characteristic of aged brass, with darker tones in the recesses and lighter highlights on the raised edges. The square edge profile sits flush with the wall without a bevelled surround, giving clean lines that suit traditional, heritage and transitional interiors. The built-in gasket behind the faceplate provides IP20 environmental protection and the terminals accept screw fixing for standard lighting cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350263_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283780.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an intermediate switch and when is it needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn intermediate switch is the middle switching point in a three-switch circuit, sitting between two 2-way switches. It's needed when you want to control a light from three separate locations, such as in a stairwell with switches on the ground floor, landing and upper floor, or in a long hallway with entry points at both ends and the middle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm mounting box depth is needed. This shallow requirement makes the switch compatible with standard UK plasterboard back boxes and stud wall installations where deeper boxes cannot be recessed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the 10AX rating mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10AX rating indicates the switch can handle up to 10 amps on a lighting circuit, which equates to approximately 2,300W at 230V. This covers typical domestic and light commercial lighting loads without requiring a higher-rated switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this square edge toggle switch design in a range of metal finishes including polished brass, brushed chrome, polished chrome, antique brass, satin brass and matt black. Use the search function to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293549420811,"sku":"CSTOG12AB","price":17.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1672810_9ab9067b-68e5-4b11-838d-8d5f2093a5cb.jpg?v=1714660123"},{"product_id":"10ax-1-gang-2-way-toggle-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"10AX 1 Gang 2-Way Toggle Switch - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 1-gang 2-way toggle switch pairs an antique brass metal faceplate with a matching metal toggle, providing a physical switch mechanism that moves between two positions with a defined click. The 10AX rating handles resistive loads up to 2,300W at 230V, making it suitable for most domestic lighting circuits including those with multiple lamps or larger fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-way switching allows the switch to operate as part of a two-switch circuit controlling a single light from two locations, such as at either end of a hallway or at the top and bottom of a staircase. The square-edge design creates a clean 89mm x 89mm profile that sits flush with the wall surface, projecting 10.5mm from the mounting box once fitted. A built-in gasket seats the faceplate against the wall, minimising gaps around the perimeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish is applied to premium-grade steel, creating a warm muted gold tone with subtle darker patination that pairs well with traditional, Arts and Crafts, and industrial-inspired interiors. The finish shows linear brushing on the faceplate surface visible in the image, which softens reflections and gives the metal a directional grain effect. The metal toggle uses the same finish, creating a consistent appearance when the switch is in either the up or down position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350269_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283784.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm mounting box depth is needed for safe installation. This is shallower than many switches due to the square-edge screw-fixed plate design, which does not require the additional clearance needed by screwless sub-frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 2-way switch has three terminals (common, L1, L2) allowing it to be wired as part of a two-switch circuit controlling the same light from two locations. It can also be used as a simple on\/off switch in a 1-way circuit by connecting only the common and L1 terminals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between this and a rocker switch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToggle switches use a physical lever that moves between two positions with a mechanical click, whereas rocker switches use a flat plate that tilts. Toggle switches give tactile feedback and a more traditional appearance, particularly suited to period or industrial-styled interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this square-edge toggle style in polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, black nickel, matt black and white finishes. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293550207243,"sku":"CSTOG1AB","price":15.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1672754_7842a182-4629-4f93-9381-28b0d5f58887.jpg?v=1714660126"},{"product_id":"10ax-2-gang-2-way-toggle-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"10AX 2 Gang 2-Way Toggle Switch - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 2-gang 2-way toggle switch controls two separate lighting circuits from two locations, housed behind an antique brass faceplate with matching metal toggle dollies. Each toggle operates on a 2-way switching circuit, allowing control of a single light from two different wall positions — typically found at opposite ends of a hallway, top and bottom of a staircase, or either entrance to an open-plan kitchen-dining space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10AX rating handles loads up to 2,300W per gang, covering most domestic and commercial lighting circuits including LED, halogen and filament. The square edge faceplate sits 10.5mm proud of the wall surface and requires a minimum 16mm back box depth, making it compatible with shallow mounting boxes where space behind the plasterboard is limited. The antique brass finish is a warm, slightly tarnished brass tone with subtle darkening at the edges, matching traditional and heritage interiors as well as contemporary schemes that use brass as an accent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe faceplate is premium-grade steel with a protective antique brass lacquer that resists fingerprints and minor wear. The toggles are metal rather than plastic, giving a consistent finish across the plate and a firmer switching action than standard toggle switches. A built-in gasket between the plate and the back box provides IP20-rated dust protection and reduces air leakage through the switch aperture. Certified to EN 60669-1 and backed by a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350276_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283816.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way switching mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-way switching allows the same light to be controlled from two different wall positions. Each gang on this switch operates one lighting circuit, with each circuit controllable from this switch and a second 2-way switch elsewhere in the room. This is standard for hallways, staircases and rooms with two entrances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 16mm mounting box depth is needed. The switch is designed for shallow installations where deeper boxes cannot be fitted, such as dot-and-dab plasterboard walls or heritage properties with shallow chases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the toggles metal or plastic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe toggles are metal with the same antique brass finish as the faceplate. This gives a consistent appearance and a firmer switching action than standard plastic toggle dollies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this square edge toggle switch in polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293550469387,"sku":"CSTOG2AB","price":20.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1672930_4d2ce5c7-0839-4d02-9782-4cae8f6d73cc.jpg?v=1714660128"},{"product_id":"20a-1-gang-dp-switch-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"20A 1 Gang DP Switch - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20A 1-gang double pole switch controls high-draw fixed appliances such as water heaters, immersion heaters and large extract fans through a single square-edged antique brass faceplate with a matching metal rocker. The 20A rating handles loads up to 4,600W on 230V mains, while the double pole switching isolates both live and neutral lines when turned off, providing additional safety over single-pole switching for high-power installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential and light commercial use in kitchens, utility rooms, airing cupboards and plant rooms, the switch fits a standard 25mm minimum back box depth and uses screw terminals for direct wiring to fixed appliances. The square edge metal plate creates a clean border without visible screw fixings once installed, and the built-in gasket between the plate and the wall surface improves the fit and reduces movement after repeated switching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish provides a warm, aged metallic tone that pairs well with traditional, heritage and warm-toned contemporary interiors. The metal rocker matches the plate finish and sits flush with the surface when in the off position. The switch is certified to EN 60669-1 and carries a 25-year warranty, indicating Knightsbridge's confidence in the material and mechanism longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350321_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283662.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat appliances is this switch rated for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20A rating handles fixed appliances up to 4,600W on 230V mains. Common applications include water heaters, immersion heaters, large bathroom extract fans and commercial coffee machines. It is not intended for lighting circuits or standard socket outlets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does double pole switching mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble pole switching isolates both the live and neutral conductors when the switch is turned off, providing a complete break in the circuit. This is a safety requirement for high-power fixed appliances and offers more protection than single-pole switching, which only breaks the live conductor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed for safe installation. The switch plate projects 10.5mm from the wall surface once fitted, giving a total depth of approximately 35.5mm from the wall finish to the front of the rocker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the antique brass finish lacquered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge antique brass finishes are typically lacquered to prevent tarnishing and maintain the aged tone over time. The finish can be wiped clean with a dry or barely-damp microfibre cloth, but avoid abrasive cleaners or metal polishes that could damage the lacquer.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293550928139,"sku":"CS834AB","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1672848_5c14e94e-c8a5-4420-a25f-8bad1ed2e90f.jpg?v=1714660145"},{"product_id":"20a-1-gang-dp-switch-with-neon-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"20A 1 Gang DP Switch with Neon - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20A 1-gang DP switch controls fixed appliances rated up to 4,600W on 230V mains, built into a square-edge antique brass faceplate with a matching metal rocker and a neon indicator above the switch. Double-pole switching isolates both live and neutral when off, giving cleaner isolation than single-pole switching for high-draw appliances like immersion heaters, water heaters, and commercial beverage equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for kitchens, utility rooms, plant rooms and commercial environments where fixed appliances need dedicated switching, the 20A rating handles loads that would exceed standard 10AX light switches. The neon indicator glows red when the circuit is live, confirming the appliance is powered without needing to check the appliance itself. The square-edge faceplate sits flush to the wall with visible screws — a functional style that suits traditional, industrial and commercial settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish shows a darker, aged patina compared to polished brass, giving the plate a bronze-like tone that pairs with period properties, heritage restorations, and warm-toned contemporary interiors. The premium-grade steel construction carries a 25-year warranty. The plate fits a standard 25mm minimum back box and includes screw terminals for standard fixed wiring. A built-in gasket around the back of the plate improves dust resistance and gives a tighter seal to the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeon Indicator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350325_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283670.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat appliances is this switch rated for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20A rating handles fixed appliances up to 4,600W on 230V mains. Typical uses include immersion heaters, water heaters, electric towel rails, commercial espresso machines, and other high-draw equipment that requires dedicated switching beyond standard 10AX light switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the neon indicator show?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe neon glows red when the circuit is live, confirming the appliance is powered. This allows you to check the switch status from across the room without needing to inspect the appliance itself or check a separate indicator light on the equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is double-pole switching?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble-pole (DP) switching breaks both the live and neutral conductors when the switch is turned off, giving cleaner isolation than single-pole switching which only breaks the live. This is required by UK wiring regulations for certain fixed appliances and is considered safer for high-power equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a screwless plate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The square-edge style uses visible screws to fix the faceplate to the mounting box. For a screwless version in antique brass, search for Knightsbridge screwless ranges at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293551026443,"sku":"CS834NAB","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1672776_2fd38b91-b1f7-459b-9026-9ae4b7530d4a.jpg?v=1714660148"},{"product_id":"20a-1-gang-dp-switch-neon-flex-outlet-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"20A 1 Gang DP Switch Neon \u0026 Flex Outlet - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20A 1-gang double pole switch combines a neon indicator with a flex outlet behind an antique brass square edge faceplate with matching metal rocker. Rated at 20A on 230V mains, the switch handles fixed appliances drawing up to 4,600W, making it suitable for water heaters, immersion heaters, fixed air conditioning units and commercial kitchen equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble pole switching isolates both live and neutral lines when the switch is off, providing additional safety for high-draw fixed appliances. The neon indicator glows red when the switch is in the on position, giving clear visual confirmation that power is live to the appliance. The flex outlet below the switch allows the appliance cable to exit cleanly through the faceplate rather than looping around the outside of the plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish shows a deliberately aged patina with darker tonal variation across the surface, paired with the square edge profile that sits flat to the wall without a raised bevelled rim. The premium grade steel construction and built-in gasket provide durability in light-commercial and residential installations. The 25mm minimum back box depth requirement fits standard UK electrical boxes, and the screw terminals accommodate 2.5mm² and 4mm² cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeon Indicator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_2350328_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1283666.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat appliances is a 20A switch rated for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20A rating handles fixed appliances drawing up to 4,600W on 230V mains. Common applications include water heaters, immersion heaters, underfloor heating systems, fixed air conditioning units and commercial kitchen equipment. It is not intended for standard plug socket loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the neon indicator show?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe neon glows red when the switch is in the on position, confirming that power is live to the appliance. This provides a visual safety check, particularly useful for appliances like immersion heaters where the appliance itself may not give an obvious visual indication that it is powered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the flex outlet for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flex outlet is a circular aperture below the switch that allows the appliance cable to exit cleanly through the faceplate rather than running around the outside of the plate. This gives a neater finish when the appliance is hard-wired rather than plugged in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed. The switch projects 10.5mm from the wall surface once installed. The screw terminals accommodate 2.5mm² and 4mm² cable, which is standard for 20A circuits in UK wiring regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293551059211,"sku":"CS834FAB","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1672842_aea06b7d-bd8b-43b5-925d-20e970f76111.jpg?v=1714660151"},{"product_id":"switch-cover-marked-cooker-hood-antique-brass","title":"Switch Cover Marked 'Cooker Hood' - Antique Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Knightsbridge replacement switch cover is marked 'COOKER HOOD' and finished in antique brass. The cover clips onto Knightsbridge grid switch modules, replacing the blank rocker to identify the connected appliance. The engraved text sits proud of the brushed metal surface, making it readable from across a kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for use in kitchen installation where multiple appliances are controlled from a single grid switch plate, the cover helps users distinguish between similar outlets (cooker hood, oven, hob, extractor) without labels or trial-and-error. The cover measures 33mm high by 16mm wide and projects 6.8mm from the grid module face once clipped into place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish provides a warm, aged metallic tone that pairs with brass, copper and bronze hardware across traditional and country-style kitchens. The construction combines ABS plastic for the base with a steel backing plate for durability. The cover clips on and off without tools, allowing it to be swapped if appliance positions change or if the switch plate is reconfigured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4673918_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich Knightsbridge grid switches does this fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cover fits all Knightsbridge grid switch modules, including the 20AX double pole switches commonly used for kitchen appliances. The cover clips onto the rocker mechanism in place of the standard blank cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the cover be removed and reused?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover clips on and off without tools, allowing it to be swapped between modules if appliance positions change or if you need to reconfigure the grid plate layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other appliance markings are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces switch covers marked for common kitchen appliances including Washing Machine, Dishwasher, Oven, Hob, Extractor, Fridge Freezer and others. Use the search function at Niori to find other marked covers in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293629505803,"sku":"GDCOOKAB","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/936502_18dbb709-41e1-4bce-a472-6579273e85c4.jpg?v=1714661396"},{"product_id":"knightsbridge-grid-switch-cover-marked-dishwasher-antique-brass","title":"Knightsbridge Grid Switch Cover Marked 'Dishwasher' - Antique Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge GDDISHAB is a replacement grid switch cover marked 'DISHWASHER' in raised lettering on an antique brass finish faceplate. The cover clips onto Knightsbridge's modular grid rocker mechanisms, allowing you to replace a blank rocker or re-label an existing switch without re-wiring the back box. The 33mm height and 16mm width are standard Knightsbridge grid dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for kitchen installations where appliances like dishwashers, washing machines and waste disposal units are wired to dedicated isolator switches behind worktops or in utility rooms. The marked cover removes ambiguity about which switch controls which appliance, which is particularly useful in rental properties, commercial kitchens and multi-appliance setups where several switches sit side-by-side in a grid plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish is a warm, aged metal tone with darker patina in the recesses of the engraved lettering, giving depth and contrast against lighter surroundings. The cover is constructed from ABS plastic with a steel backing plate for rigidity, and the finish is applied as a coating rather than being solid metal. This keeps the weight low at 6.8mm projection from the grid plate once clipped in. The 25-year warranty covers defects in materials and workmanship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4673948_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this fit all Knightsbridge grid plates?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover is dimensioned to fit all Knightsbridge modular grid rocker mechanisms. It clips onto the rocker and is not brand-specific to any particular grid plate finish or frame style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I replace an existing rocker cover without re-wiring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover is a clip-on replacement for the rocker itself. Simply remove the existing blank or marked rocker by pulling it forward from the grid mechanism, then clip this marked cover into place. No tools or back-box access required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other appliance markings are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces grid switch covers marked 'WASHING MACHINE', 'WASTE DISPOSAL', 'COOKER', 'WATER HEATER' and others in the same antique brass and alternative finishes. Use the search function or filters at Niori to find the specific marking you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the finish solid brass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The cover is constructed from ABS plastic with a steel backing plate and an antique brass finish coating. This gives the appearance of aged brass without the weight or cost of solid metal construction.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293629571339,"sku":"GDDISHAB","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/936530_8610fda2-6ba5-4542-aace-b638e9cc8657.jpg?v=1714661401"},{"product_id":"grid-switch-cover-marked-tumble-dryer-brushed-brass","title":"Grid Switch Cover Marked 'Tumble Dryer' - Brushed Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Knightsbridge grid switch cover is a replacement rocker marked 'TUMBLE DRYER' in a brushed brass finish. The cover measures 33mm high by 16mm wide and clips onto Knightsbridge modular grid rocker switches, replacing the blank rocker supplied with the base switch module. The engraved text sits proud of the brass surface, making it legible under all lighting conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for utility rooms, kitchens and commercial laundries where multiple appliances share a switch bank, the marked cover provides clear visual identification of which switch controls the tumble dryer circuit. The cover simply clips onto the existing rocker mechanism — no rewiring or dismantling of the switch plate is required. The brushed brass finish matches other Knightsbridge grid components in the same finish, allowing consistent appearance across a full switch plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ABS body with a steel internal frame gives the rocker structural rigidity while keeping the weight minimal. The brushed finish on the brass coating softens reflections and resists visible fingerprinting compared to polished brass. Knightsbridge backs this component with a 25-year warranty, reflecting the durability expected from a frequently-used rocker switch cover in a domestic or light commercial setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4673962_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grid switches does this fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cover fits Knightsbridge modular grid rocker switches in the Knightsbridge Grid range. It clips onto the existing rocker mechanism and does not require any modification to the base switch module or the surrounding grid plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I replace the cover without rewiring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover is a clip-on replacement for the rocker face only. You do not need to disconnect the switch from mains power or remove the grid plate from the wall to swap the cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other appliance markings are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces grid rocker covers marked with common appliance labels including 'Washing Machine', 'Dishwasher', 'Cooker', 'Water Heater', 'Immersion', and 'Boiler'. Search for 'Knightsbridge grid switch cover' at Niori to see the full range in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish options exist for this marking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 'Tumble Dryer' marking is available in multiple finishes across the Knightsbridge grid range, including polished chrome, brushed chrome, matt black and white. Use the search filters to find other finishes currently in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293630062859,"sku":"GDDRYBB","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/936860_f5ca1603-8c3d-42d0-8708-0cfc8cf27e5d.jpg?v=1714661408"},{"product_id":"grid-switch-rocker-cover-marked-fan-brushed-brass","title":"Grid Switch Rocker Cover Marked 'FAN' - Brushed Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Knightsbridge grid switch rocker cover carries the designation 'FAN' embossed into the surface and finished in brushed brass. The cover clips onto Knightsbridge grid switch modules in place of the standard unmarked rocker, allowing circuits controlling bathroom extractors, kitchen ventilation or whole-house fan systems to be clearly identified at the switch plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for use with Knightsbridge's modular grid wiring system, the rocker is a replacement component rather than a complete switch. It fits any Knightsbridge 20A DP grid switch module and is interchangeable with other marked rockers (e.g. 'Cooker', 'Water Heater', 'Immersion') without re-wiring. The cover measures 33mm high by 16mm wide with a 6.8mm projection from the front of the grid plate once fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe construction uses an ABS body with a steel fixing clip. The brushed brass finish on the face provides a directional grain that softens reflections and pairs with Knightsbridge's brushed brass grid plates, screwless faceplates and socket ranges. The 25-year warranty covers mechanical failure of the clip or degradation of the finish under normal residential use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4673964_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich Knightsbridge switches does this fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rocker fits any Knightsbridge 20A DP grid switch module. It does not fit standard single or double switches — only the modular grid system where individual switch modules clip into a separate grid plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the rocker be swapped without rewiring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The rocker clips onto the front of the grid module and can be removed and replaced with a different designation rocker without touching the wiring or back box. This allows appliance labels to be changed if room use changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other designations are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces grid rocker covers marked 'Cooker', 'Water Heater', 'Immersion', 'Boiler', 'Pump', and others. Search for 'grid switch rocker cover' at Niori to see the full range in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293630226699,"sku":"GDFANBB","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/936862_09fa5876-a77a-4c9f-b551-7468b609ed14.jpg?v=1714661415"},{"product_id":"grid-switch-cover-marked-microwave-brushed-brass","title":"Grid Switch Cover Marked 'Microwave' - Brushed Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Knightsbridge grid switch cover is a replacement rocker marked 'MICROWAVE' in a brushed brass finish. The rocker clips onto standard Knightsbridge modular grid switch mechanisms, allowing the switch controlling a microwave to be clearly labelled without needing to replace the entire switch plate or module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for kitchens where multiple appliances are controlled from a single grid plate — typically dishwashers, washing machines, microwaves and ovens — the marked rocker removes guesswork when identifying which switch controls which appliance. The rocker measures 33mm high by 16mm wide and sits 6.8mm proud of the grid plate once clipped in place. The brushed brass finish matches Knightsbridge's brushed brass grid plates and screwless ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cover is constructed from ABS plastic with a steel internal clip mechanism. The brushed brass finish is applied to the ABS surface, giving the appearance of metal while keeping the rocker lightweight. To replace an existing rocker, the cover is simply pulled off the grid module and the new marked rocker clipped on — no rewiring or removal of the grid plate is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4673981_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich Knightsbridge grid switches is this compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis rocker cover fits Knightsbridge's standard modular grid switch modules. It is designed to clip onto the existing switch mechanism without tools, replacing the existing rocker cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I replace the rocker without removing the grid plate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The rocker cover clips on and off the module without needing to remove the grid plate from the wall or disconnect any wiring. Simply pull the existing rocker off and clip the new marked rocker into place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other appliance labels are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces marked rockers for common kitchen appliances including 'WASHING MACHINE', 'DISHWASHER', 'OVEN', 'FREEZER' and others. Use the search function or filters to find other marked rocker variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis rocker cover carries a 25-year warranty from Knightsbridge against manufacturing defects.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293630619915,"sku":"GDMICROBB","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/936964_708b6c9c-6eed-4760-91fe-3c1985fee471.jpg?v=1714661428"},{"product_id":"switch-cover-marked-washing-machine-antique-brass","title":"Switch Cover Marked 'WASHING MACHINE' - Antique Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Knightsbridge switch cover is a replacement rocker plate marked 'WASHING MACHINE' in an antique brass finish, designed for use with Knightsbridge Grid modular switch systems. The cover clips onto existing grid switch modules, replacing a blank or differently-labelled rocker to identify dedicated appliance circuits in utility rooms, kitchens and commercial laundry areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cover measures 33mm high by 16mm wide and projects 6.8mm from the grid faceplate when fitted. Installation requires no tools or wiring work — the existing rocker is removed by hand and this replacement snaps into the same grid module housing. The antique brass finish matches Knightsbridge's Grid range faceplates in the same finish, maintaining a consistent aesthetic across multi-gang installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from ABS plastic with a steel core for rigidity, the cover carries a 25-year warranty. The engraved 'WASHING MACHINE' text is debossed into the surface and filled, providing a durable label that will not wear off with repeated switching. The antique brass tone is a darker, more aged finish than polished brass, pairing well with traditional and period-style interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4674003_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this compatible with all Knightsbridge Grid systems?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This rocker cover fits all Knightsbridge Grid modular switch modules. It is not compatible with non-grid switches or with grid systems from other manufacturers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the cover fitted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe existing rocker is removed by hand from the grid module and this replacement rocker snaps into place. No tools or electrical work are required — the cover is purely cosmetic and does not affect the wiring or function of the underlying switch module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the text wear off?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 'WASHING MACHINE' text is debossed into the surface and filled, not printed. This method is more durable than surface printing and will remain legible through years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other appliance labels are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this style of cover with labels including 'DISHWASHER', 'DRYER', 'COOKER', 'BOILER' and others. Use the search function or filters to find other grid accessories in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293630882059,"sku":"GDWASHAB","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/936832_e3fadfe0-bc37-4138-835c-e098550764a1.jpg?v=1714661440"},{"product_id":"fan-boost-switch-cover-brushed-brass","title":"Fan Boost Switch Cover - Brushed Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Knightsbridge rocker switch cover is engraved 'FAN BOOST' and finished in brushed brass, designed to fit Knightsbridge grid switch systems. The cover measures 33mm high by 16mm wide with a 6.8mm projection from the grid plate, and clips directly onto a compatible grid switch module to replace the unmarked rocker supplied as standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsed primarily in bathrooms and utility rooms where extractor fans are controlled by a dedicated switch, the engraved marking identifies the switch function without needing labels or verbal explanation. This is particularly useful in multi-gang grid installations where several switches sit side-by-side, such as a bathroom plate controlling lights, fan, and heated mirror. The brushed brass finish matches Knightsbridge's wider range of grid plates and accessories in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cover is moulded from ABS plastic with a steel internal bracket, and the brushed brass finish is applied over the outer surface. The engraving is recessed into the material, so the text remains legible even after years of use. Knightsbridge backs the cover with a 25-year warranty, reflecting the durability of the materials and the simplicity of the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4674028_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich Knightsbridge grid switches does this fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cover fits Knightsbridge modular grid switch systems, including their screwless and standard grid ranges. It clips onto a standard 20A double-pole grid switch module, replacing the blank rocker supplied with the module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the cover be removed and swapped?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The rocker cover clips onto the underlying grid switch module and can be removed and replaced without tools. This allows you to change the designation if the switch function changes, or to swap between unmarked and marked covers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other markings are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces rocker covers with a range of appliance and function markings including Washing Machine, Dishwasher, Boiler, Water Heater, Immersion, and others. Use the search function at Niori to find other marked covers in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the engraving durable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe text is recessed into the ABS material rather than printed on the surface, so it will not rub off with repeated use. The brushed brass finish may develop a patina over time, but the engraving remains legible.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293631865099,"sku":"GDBOOSTBB","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/936850_f733fed0-801f-4e07-9950-965af6b48f02.jpg?v=1714661472"},{"product_id":"grid-switch-cover-antique-brass","title":"Grid Switch Cover - Antique Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Knightsbridge grid switch cover is a replacement rocker for modular grid systems, finished in antique brass over an ABS and steel construction. The cover measures 33mm high by 16mm wide with a 6.8mm projection from the mounting plate, fitting standard single-module grid switch positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for users who need to replace a damaged or worn rocker, or who want to change the finish of an existing grid system without rewiring the entire plate, the cover clips directly onto the existing grid mechanism. The antique brass finish provides a warm, aged metallic tone that suits traditional, heritage and period interior schemes where polished or brushed brass would appear too modern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ABS body with a steel backing plate gives the rocker structural integrity while keeping the weight low, and the antique brass finish is applied over the surface to resist tarnishing under typical handling. The 25-year warranty covers mechanical failure and finish degradation under normal residential use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4674039_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grid systems does this cover fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cover fits standard Knightsbridge modular grid systems. It clips onto the existing grid mechanism without requiring any re-wiring or removal of the back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this to change the finish of an existing switch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. If you have an existing Knightsbridge grid switch in a different finish, you can remove the old rocker and clip this antique brass cover in its place, changing the appearance without replacing the wiring or mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does antique brass differ from polished or brushed brass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAntique brass has a darker, aged tone with less reflectivity than polished brass, and shows more tonal variation across the surface than brushed brass. It suits traditional and heritage interiors where a patinated metal look is preferred over a bright or contemporary finish.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293632487691,"sku":"GDBLANKAB","price":1.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/936494_40326a4d-c5bf-4ddd-8145-e751a883f447.jpg?v=1714661484"},{"product_id":"20ax-dp-key-switch-module-emg-ltg-test-brushed-brass","title":"20AX DP Key Switch Module EMG LTG TEST - Brushed Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX DP key switch module is a grid-compatible electrical switch marked EMG LTG TEST, designed for emergency lighting circuits that require key-operated control. The module clips into standard Knightsbridge grid mounting frames (sold separately) and carries a 20AX double pole switch rated for 230V 50Hz mains. The brushed brass faceplate measures 24.8mm wide, occupying one grid position, and includes a removable key for restricted circuit access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for commercial buildings, care homes, schools, hospitals and retail premises where emergency lighting test circuits must be protected from casual operation, the module allows authorised personnel to test or isolate circuits using the supplied key. The double pole switching isolates both live and neutral lines when turned off, providing additional safety during maintenance. The module fits grid frames with a minimum 35mm back box depth and projects 2.5mm from the front of the frame once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushed brass finish pairs with other modules in the Knightsbridge grid range, allowing multiple switches, sockets and data points to be assembled on a single frame in matching finishes. The ABS and steel construction carries an IP20 rating for dry indoor environments and is backed by a 25-year manufacturer warranty. The EMG LTG TEST marking is moulded into the brass faceplate, providing permanent labelling that will not wear off during cleaning or handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4674262_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the module used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis key switch module is specifically designed for emergency lighting test circuits, where building regulations or internal policies require test switches to be operated only by authorised personnel. The key prevents casual activation and provides audit control over who can test or isolate the circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grid frames does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module clips into standard Knightsbridge modular grid mounting frames. It occupies one grid position (approximately 25mm width) and requires a minimum 35mm back box depth. Grid frames are sold separately and are available in single, double, triple and larger configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the key be removed when the switch is on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge key switch modules typically allow the key to be removed in both the on and off positions, but the exact behaviour depends on the internal mechanism. Contact us if you require a module where the key can only be removed in one position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces grid modules in a range of finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, matt black and white. Use the search function to find the same module in other finishes currently in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293634257163,"sku":"GDM008BB","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/936938_fa4c7985-e778-4ecc-91ee-cf912fde8c88.jpg?v=1714661539"},{"product_id":"1-way-10-150w-trailing-edge-pull-cord-dimmer-switch-antique-brass","title":"1-Way 10-150W Trailing Edge Pull Cord Dimmer Switch - Antique Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 1-way trailing edge pull cord dimmer switch provides variable light control from a 75mm circular ceiling rose finished in antique brass. The unit supports 10-150W incandescent loads or 5-100W LED loads on 230V mains, with a trailing edge dimming circuit designed to reduce flicker and buzzing in modern dimmable LED bulbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for ceiling pendant installations where wall-mounted dimming is impractical or where the ceiling rose itself becomes a visible design element, the dimmer operates via a black fabric-covered pull cord on a 1.5m cable. Pull once to switch on or off, hold the cord to ramp brightness up or down. A built-in potentiometer allows fine adjustment of the dimming curve during installation, letting the electrician calibrate the dimmer's response to match the specific LED driver characteristics of the connected bulb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish provides a warm, aged metallic tone that pairs well with traditional, classical and warm-toned interiors, particularly where existing brass or bronze hardware is present. The 75mm diameter and 36mm height give the unit a low-profile presence on the ceiling. The Class II double-insulated construction and IP20 rating make it suitable for dry interior locations. Certified to EN 60669-2 for trailing edge dimming applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eII\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4959629_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1363682.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bulbs are compatible with this dimmer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimmer supports 10-150W incandescent bulbs or 5-100W dimmable LED bulbs on 230V mains. LED compatibility depends on the specific LED driver used by the bulb manufacturer — check that the bulb is labelled as dimmable and compatible with trailing edge dimmers before pairing. The built-in potentiometer allows fine adjustment of the dimming curve to reduce flicker with specific LED models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the pull cord operation work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePull the cord once to switch the light on or off. Hold the cord and the dimmer will ramp the brightness up or down continuously. Release the cord to stop at the desired level. The 1.5m cable length allows the pull cord to hang at a convenient height for most ceiling installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be installed in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is rated IP20 and made to BS EN 60669-1 and BS EN 60669-2-1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing edge and leading edge dimming?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing edge dimmers work by cutting the end of each AC waveform cycle rather than the start, which reduces electrical noise and flickering in modern dimmable LED bulbs and low-voltage transformers. Trailing edge is the preferred dimming method for most contemporary dimmable LED loads.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293653295371,"sku":"8301AB","price":24.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1068318_629e73a4-19a6-48db-b440-45675a76b6eb.jpg?v=1714661907"},{"product_id":"20ax-1-gang-2-way-sp-grid-toggle-switch-brushed-brass","title":"20AX 1 Gang 2-Way SP Grid Toggle Switch - Brushed Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 20AX 1-gang 2-way SP grid toggle switch is a modular insert designed to clip into compatible grid mounting frames (sold separately). The single-pole toggle controls lighting circuits rated up to 20AX (4,600W at 230V), with 2-way switching allowing the same light to be controlled from two different switch positions in a room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrid switches are used in residential and commercial installations where multiple switches, sockets or dimmers need to occupy the same wall plate in a single, consistent format. This toggle module measures 24.8mm wide and clips into standard Knightsbridge grid frames alongside other modules in the same range, allowing electricians to build custom switch configurations (2-gang, 3-gang, 4-gang) from individual components rather than buying pre-configured plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushed brass faceplate is made from premium-grade steel with a low-sheen brushed finish that reduces fingerprints and glare. The toggle dolly sits on a steel shaft with a defined on\/off travel, giving tactile feedback when operated. The module requires a minimum 35mm back box depth behind the grid frame and carries an IP20 rating for indoor dry-location use. Knightsbridge backs this grid module with a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_4960730_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a grid switch and how does it work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrid switches are modular electrical components that clip into a separate mounting frame to create custom switch configurations. You buy individual switch modules (like this toggle), dimmer modules, socket modules, and blanking plates, then clip them into a grid frame to build a 2-gang, 3-gang, 4-gang or larger wall plate tailored to the room's wiring needs. The frame is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 35mm back box depth is needed behind the grid frame. The module itself projects 20.5mm from the frame once installed, so total wall-to-faceplate projection depends on the frame design used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way SP mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-way means the switch can be wired to control the same light from two different positions (e.g. top and bottom of stairs). SP means single-pole, so the switch breaks only the live conductor rather than both live and neutral as a DP (double-pole) switch would.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this grid range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces grid modules in polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, matt black and white. Use the search function or filters to find other variants in stock at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293654278411,"sku":"GDM01TOGBB","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/983260_3747a731-4f1a-44db-843e-b0521a2f22d4.jpg?v=1714661935"},{"product_id":"2-way-10-150w-intelligent-dimmer-module-antique-brass","title":"2-Way 10-150W Intelligent Dimmer Module - Antique Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge GDM150IAB is a 2-way intelligent dimmer module with an antique brass rotary knob and rectangular faceplate, designed for grid wiring systems including Screwless, Flat Plate, Raised Edge and Metal Clad ranges. The dimmer automatically detects whether the connected load requires leading edge or trailing edge phase control, removing the need for manual switching between modes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module handles 10-150W loads for incandescent, mains voltage halogen and low-voltage halogen lamps paired with electronic transformers, or 5-150W for dimmable LED lamps. The push-to-switch, rotate-to-dim control provides one-handed operation, with built-in overload protection, over-temperature shutdown and an inrush current limiter to prevent damage from the initial power spike when multiple lamps switch on simultaneously. Knightsbridge recommends a maximum of 10-12 lamps per dimmer to stay within safe inrush current limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish provides a warm, aged metallic tone with darker patina in the recesses of the brushed surface, suited to traditional, heritage and warm contemporary interiors. The module fits a standard 35mm minimum back box depth and clips into Knightsbridge grid frames, allowing multiple modules to be combined in a single faceplate. The 2-way wiring capability means the dimmer can be used in circuits controlled from two locations, such as at either end of a hallway or from a landing and ground floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_5167421_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1127070.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between leading edge and trailing edge dimming?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeading edge cuts the start of each AC waveform and suits traditional incandescent and halogen lamps. Trailing edge cuts the end of the waveform and suits electronic loads like dimmable LEDs and low-voltage transformers. This dimmer auto-detects which mode is needed when the circuit is powered on, so no manual switching is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many LED lamps can be connected?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimmer handles up to 150W total load for LEDs. Knightsbridge recommends a maximum of 10-12 individual lamps per dimmer to avoid inrush current issues when the circuit switches on, as each lamp draws a brief current spike that can exceed its rated wattage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grid systems is it compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module fits all Knightsbridge grid wiring systems: Screwless, Flat Plate, Raised Edge and Metal Clad. It clips into the grid frame and can be combined with other grid modules (switches, sockets, data sockets) in a multi-gang faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used in a 2-way lighting circuit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The dimmer supports 2-way wiring, allowing the same lights to be dimmed from two locations such as either end of a corridor or from upstairs and downstairs positions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293679247627,"sku":"GDM150IAB","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1097218_575eb805-242b-4144-a0a7-58b47443a743.jpg?v=1714662399"},{"product_id":"2-way-10-150w-intelligent-dimmer-module-brushed-brass","title":"2-Way 10-150W Intelligent Dimmer Module - Brushed Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge GDM150IBB is a 2-way intelligent dimmer module with a brushed brass rotary knob and faceplate, designed for installation in Knightsbridge grid wiring systems. The module automatically detects whether the connected load is leading-edge or trailing-edge compatible, switching between modes to suit incandescent, halogen or dimmable LED lamps without manual configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimmer handles 10-150W for incandescent and halogen lamps, 10-150W for low-voltage halogen with electronic transformers, and 5-150W for dimmable LED lamps. The rotary knob provides push on\/off operation and continuous dimming control, while built-in overload protection, over-temperature protection and an inrush current limiter prevent damage from electrical surges. Knightsbridge recommends limiting usage to 10-12 lamps per dimmer to avoid inrush current issues when multiple lamps switch on simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module measures 56.3mm high by 25mm wide and requires a minimum 35mm back box depth. It fits into Knightsbridge grid plate systems including Screwless, Flat Plate, Raised Edge and Metal Clad ranges, allowing the dimmer to be combined with switches, sockets and other grid modules in a single wall plate. The brushed brass finish carries a directional grain that catches light and complements warm-toned interiors, traditional schemes and heritage settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_5167427_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1127068.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is intelligent dimming and how does it work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimmer automatically detects whether the connected load requires leading-edge or trailing-edge dimming and switches to the appropriate mode. This means it works with incandescent, halogen and most dimmable LED lamps without needing manual configuration or mode switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grid systems is this compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module fits all Knightsbridge grid plate systems including Screwless, Flat Plate, Raised Edge and Metal Clad ranges. It occupies one module space and can be combined with other grid modules (switches, sockets, data ports) in multi-gang grid plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is there a 10-12 lamp limit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple lamps switching on simultaneously create an inrush current spike that can exceed the dimmer's protection threshold. Limiting to 10-12 lamps per dimmer prevents this, even though the wattage total may be within the 150W rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minimum 35mm back box depth is required. The module itself has a recessed depth of 22mm, with the remaining space needed for wiring and the grid plate frame.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293679313163,"sku":"GDM150IBB","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1542436_b158ab5a-2755-401f-9449-b148c14eaf61.jpg?v=1714662402"},{"product_id":"1-gang-2-way-intelligent-dimmer-10-200w-5-150w-led-polished-brass-screwless","title":"1 Gang 2-Way Intelligent Dimmer 10-200W (5-150W LED) - Polished Brass Screwless","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge SF2191PB is a 1-gang 2-way intelligent dimmer rated for 10-200W resistive loads or 5-150W LED loads, fitted behind a polished brass screwless faceplate with a matching brass rotary dimmer cap. The dimmer automatically detects lamp type and switches between trailing-edge mode (for LEDs, CFLs, electronic transformers) and leading-edge mode (for resistive and inductive loads including incandescent bulbs and wire-wound transformers).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for two-way switching installations where a single lighting circuit is controlled from two locations, the dimmer fits standard 25mm minimum back boxes and uses a screwless cover plate that clips onto a separate steel sub-frame. The rotary push-on\/off action allows the user to press the cap to switch the circuit on or off, or rotate it to dim up and down. A front-facing control knob behind the cover plate allows trimming (setting minimum and maximum brightness), resetting to factory defaults, and manual mode switching without removing the faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polished brass finish provides a warm metallic accent that pairs with traditional, classical and warm-toned interiors. The dimmer includes overload protection, overheat protection and an inrush current limiter (ICL) to prevent damage from LED lamp power-on surges. The unit ships pre-set to trailing-edge mode, which suits most dimmable LED and CFL installations. For best performance, use the dimmer with a single lamp type and wattage per circuit — mixing different brands, technologies or wattages on the same dimmer can cause flickering or erratic dimming behaviour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_5801656_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge mode suits dimmable LED bulbs, CFLs and electronic transformers. Leading-edge mode suits traditional incandescent bulbs, halogen bulbs and wire-wound transformers. This dimmer auto-detects the lamp type and switches mode accordingly, but you can also manually override via the front control knob if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this with mixed bulb types on the same circuit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Mixing different lamp technologies, brands or wattages on the same dimmer can cause flickering, buzzing or erratic dimming. Use the same bulb type and model across all fittings controlled by this dimmer for reliable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed for safe installation. The screwless cover plate adds 4.3mm of projection from the wall once fitted, with 21.3mm recessed behind the wall surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I adjust the minimum and maximum brightness?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the screwless cover plate to access the front-facing control knob. Use the knob to set the minimum dim level (trim function) and maximum brightness level. Full instructions are in the Product Specification Sheet linked under Downloads.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293695009035,"sku":"SF2191PB","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1417330_584ca36d-44f5-46ed-8d5b-5b72f4f3c189.jpg?v=1714662749"},{"product_id":"1-gang-2-way-10-200w-intelligent-dimmer-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"1 Gang 2-Way 10-200W Intelligent Dimmer - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge CS2191AB is a 1-gang 2-way intelligent dimmer rated for 10-200W incandescent\/halogen loads or 5-150W LED loads, fitted behind an antique brass square edge faceplate with a matching rotary dimmer cap. The dimmer automatically switches between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes depending on the connected load, accommodating most dimmable lamps without manual mode selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential and hospitality installation where dimming control is needed for single-circuit lighting, the dimmer offers rotary control for brightness and push on\/off operation. Trim, reset and mode switching functions are accessible from the front plate without removing the faceplate or accessing wiring. The 2-way wiring configuration allows the dimmer to be paired with a second 2-way switch at a different location to control the same lights from two points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish provides a warm, aged metallic appearance that pairs well with traditional, classical and period interiors. The square edge design gives a defined geometric edge to the 89mm x 89mm faceplate, contrasting with softer rounded edge alternatives in the Knightsbridge range. The dimmer includes overload protection, overheat protection and an inrush current limiter (ICL) to protect the circuit when lamps are first switched on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor reliable performance, use the dimmer with a single lamp type and wattage per circuit. Mixed loads (different brands, wattages or technologies on the same dimmer) can cause flickering or reduced lifespan due to varying electrical characteristics between different LED drivers or filament ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_5801851_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge dimming?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge dimming suits LED and low-voltage halogen loads, while leading-edge suits resistive loads like incandescent bulbs. This intelligent dimmer automatically detects the connected load type and switches to the appropriate mode, so no manual configuration is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this with any dimmable LED bulb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimmer supports most dimmable LEDs between 5-150W total load, but performance depends on the LED driver design. For best results, use LEDs from the same manufacturer and model on a single circuit. Mixed brands or wattages can cause flickering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed. The faceplate projects 10.5mm from the wall once fitted, giving a total depth of approximately 35.5mm from the wall surface to the back of the back box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way wiring mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-way wiring allows the dimmer to control lights from two locations when paired with a second 2-way switch. This is common in hallways, staircases and larger rooms where you want control from both ends of the space.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293695074571,"sku":"CS2191AB","price":17.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1673472_5ff9765e-432c-4b2c-b191-d0c618e0a775.jpg?v=1714662752"},{"product_id":"2-gang-2-way-10-200w-intelligent-dimmer-polished-brass-screwless","title":"2 Gang 2-Way 10-200W Intelligent Dimmer - Polished Brass Screwless","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 2-gang 2-way intelligent dimmer handles 10-200W incandescent or halogen loads, or 5-150W LED loads, behind a polished brass screwless faceplate with matching brass rotary knobs. The dimmer operates in either trailing-edge or leading-edge mode, selectable from the front plate, making it compatible with most dimmable lamps without needing to access the back box after installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential and hospitality installations where lighting levels need control from two locations, the 2-way switching allows the dimmer to be paired with a second 2-way switch elsewhere in the room. Each rotary knob controls an independent circuit, so two separate lighting zones or fittings can be dimmed from a single twin-gang plate. The push-on\/push-off action on each knob provides quick full-power switching, while rotating the knob adjusts brightness from 0-100%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screwless cover plate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame fixed to the back box, leaving no visible fixings on the wall once installed. The polished brass finish provides a warm metallic accent that pairs well with traditional, classical and warm-toned contemporary interiors. The dimmer includes overload and overheat protection, plus an inrush current limiter to prevent tripping when bulbs are first switched on. The unit is pre-set to trailing-edge mode out of the box, which suits most LED and low-voltage halogen loads, but can be switched to leading-edge mode for older incandescent or mains-halogen fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimmer requires a 25mm minimum back box depth and fits standard UK wiring. Avoid pairing with fittings that mix different lamp brands or wattages in the same circuit, as this can cause flickering or inconsistent dimming behaviour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6077296_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge dimming?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge mode suits most LED and low-voltage halogen lamps and is the pre-set default. Leading-edge mode suits older incandescent and mains-voltage halogen bulbs. The dimmer can be switched between modes using the front-plate control knob without rewiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this with any dimmable LED bulb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimmer is compatible with most dimmable LED bulbs rated between 5-150W total load per gang. However, mixing different brands or wattages of bulbs in the same circuit can cause flickering. Use identical bulbs from the same manufacturer in each fitting for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed. The screwless cover plate adds 4.3mm of projection from the wall once fitted, with 21.3mm recessed into the back box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way switching mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-way switching allows the lights to be controlled from two different locations, such as at both ends of a hallway or at the top and bottom of stairs. This dimmer can be paired with a second 2-way switch or dimmer elsewhere in the room.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293713228043,"sku":"SF2192PB","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1532546_cfcf458d-f45c-4949-a5c9-ecdc223e1ae2.jpg?v=1714663054"},{"product_id":"3-gang-2-way-10-200w-intelligent-dimmer-polished-brass-screwless","title":"3 Gang 2-Way 10-200W Intelligent Dimmer - Polished Brass Screwless","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 3-gang intelligent dimmer provides independent control of three separate lighting circuits from a single polished brass screwless faceplate. Each gang handles loads between 10-200W for conventional bulbs or 5-150W for dimmable LEDs, with trailing-edge and leading-edge modes switchable from the front-mounted control knob without removing the plate or accessing the wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for living rooms, dining rooms and hallways where multiple lighting circuits need individual dimming control, the unit fits a standard 25mm minimum back box depth and uses a two-piece screwless construction where the cover plate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame. Each gang operates via push on\/off and rotary dimming, with overload and overheat protection built into the circuit alongside an inrush current limiter to handle the power surge when LEDs are first switched on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polished brass finish delivers a warm metallic accent that pairs well with traditional and classical interiors. The dimmer caps match the faceplate finish, giving a unified appearance across all three controls. The front-accessible mode switching and trim controls allow the dimmer to be adjusted or reset if lamp types are changed in future without needing an electrician to access the back box wiring, though all lamps on a single gang must be the same brand, type and wattage to avoid flicker or compatibility issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e147.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6077349_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge dimming?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge works with most dimmable LEDs and is the preset default mode. Leading-edge suits older incandescent and halogen bulbs. If LED bulbs flicker or fail to dim smoothly, switch to leading-edge mode using the front control knob to test compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix different bulb types on one gang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. All lamps controlled by a single gang must be the same brand, type and wattage. Mixing lamp types causes flicker, buzzing or incompatibility. Each of the three gangs can control a different lamp type, but within each gang all bulbs must match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed. The screwless cover plate adds 4.3mm projection from the wall once fitted, with 21.3mm recessed into the back box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I adjust the minimum dimming level?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the front-mounted control knob to access trim mode, which adjusts the minimum brightness level without removing the faceplate. Full instructions are in the product specification sheet linked in the Downloads tab.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293713850635,"sku":"SF2193PB","price":49.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1532578_027d7c1a-96b9-4491-aa0a-4b54f0ca7d3c.jpg?v=1714663074"},{"product_id":"4-gang-2-way-intelligent-dimmer-10-200w-led-polished-brass-screwless","title":"4 Gang 2-Way Intelligent Dimmer 10-200W LED - Polished Brass Screwless","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge SF2194PB is a 4-gang 2-way intelligent dimmer rated at 10-200W per gang for incandescent loads or 5-150W per gang for dimmable LED loads. Each rotary dimmer knob allows switching between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes via a front-accessible control, making it compatible with most dimmable LED, halogen and incandescent lamps without needing to remove the faceplate or rewire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for multi-zone lighting control in lounges, dining rooms and master bedrooms, the 4-gang configuration allows independent dimming of four separate lighting circuits from a single wall plate. The 2-way switching capability means each gang can be controlled from this dimmer and a second switch location elsewhere in the room. Each dimmer knob operates on a push on\/off and rotary dim action, with the dimming level stored in memory when switched off and recalled on the next power-on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polished brass screwless faceplate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame fixed to a 25mm minimum back box, leaving no visible fixings on the wall once installed. The matching brass dimmer caps on each rotary control integrate cleanly with the faceplate finish. The dimmer includes overload and overheat protection plus an inrush current limiter to handle the switch-on surge from multiple LED lamps simultaneously. Premium-grade steel construction gives the plate rigidity and a substantial feel compared to plastic alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach gang must control lamps of the same brand, type and wattage within that circuit — do not mix different lamp brands or wattages on the same dimmer gang, as this can cause flickering or reduce dimmer lifespan. The dimmer ships preset to trailing-edge mode, which suits most modern dimmable LEDs, but can be switched to leading-edge mode if compatibility issues occur with specific lamp models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e147.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6077396_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge dimming?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge mode suits most modern dimmable LEDs and low-voltage transformers, while leading-edge mode suits older incandescent and halogen lamps. This dimmer ships preset to trailing-edge but allows you to switch modes via the front control knob without rewiring, making it compatible with a wider range of lamps than fixed-mode dimmers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use different bulb brands on the same gang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each gang must control lamps of the same brand, type and wattage. Mixing different lamp brands or wattages on the same dimmer gang can cause flickering, buzzing or reduced dimmer lifespan due to differing electrical characteristics between lamp models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the maximum load per gang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach gang handles 10-200W for incandescent or halogen lamps, or 5-150W for dimmable LED lamps. If you're controlling multiple LED downlights on one gang, total their wattage to confirm it stays within the 150W LED limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the screwless plate removable for redecorating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The polished brass cover plate clips onto a separate metal sub-frame fixed to the back box. The cover can be unclipped for painting around the dimmer and re-clipped without disconnecting wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293714145547,"sku":"SF2194PB","price":61.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1532618_9316893b-5f42-4f0d-949f-f8cbc254811e.jpg?v=1714663093"},{"product_id":"2-gang-2-way-10-200w-intelligent-dimmer-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"2 Gang 2-Way 10-200W Intelligent Dimmer - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 2-gang 2-way intelligent dimmer controls two separate lighting circuits from a single 89mm square faceplate in an antique brass finish. Each gang handles loads between 10-200W for incandescent or halogen, or 5-150W for LED, with automatic trailing-edge or leading-edge switching depending on lamp type. The rotary control knobs set dimming level independently for each circuit, with front-plate adjustment for trim, mode selection and reset accessible without removing the faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential installation where two separate dimmable circuits are needed in one location, the unit suits living rooms with wall lights and downlights on separate switches, dining rooms controlling table pendant and ambient lighting independently, or bedrooms with overhead and bedside reading circuits. The 2-way configuration allows control from two locations, so the dimmer can be paired with a matching 2-way intermediate switch elsewhere in the room for multi-point operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish offers a warm, aged metallic tone with subtle darkening around edges, pairing with traditional, period and warm-toned contemporary interiors. The square edge profile sits flush against the wall with visible screw fixings on each corner and the metal caps match the faceplate finish. The dimmer ships pre-set to trailing-edge mode, which suits most LED drivers, and can be switched to leading-edge mode from the front plate if older halogen transformers require it. Integrated overload and overheat protection shut down the circuit if the dimmer detects unsafe load conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6077413_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed for safe installation. The faceplate adds 10.5mm of projection from the wall once fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge suits most modern LED drivers and electronic transformers. Leading-edge suits older magnetic transformers and some halogen systems. The dimmer ships in trailing-edge mode and can be switched to leading-edge from the front plate if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix LED and halogen bulbs on the same gang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each gang should control a single lamp type and brand. Mixing different lamp technologies or brands on one circuit can cause flickering, buzzing or dimmer failure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-way allows the dimmer to be controlled from two locations when paired with a matching 2-way intermediate switch elsewhere in the room. This is common in larger rooms where you want dimming control from both the door and the far end of the space.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293717192971,"sku":"CS2192AB","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1673468_606edab4-59f4-4751-97c0-4d3b0adf8bbd.jpg?v=1714663102"},{"product_id":"3-gang-2-way-10-200w-intelligent-dimmer-antique-brass-5-150w-led","title":"3 Gang 2-Way 10-200W Intelligent Dimmer - Antique Brass (5-150W LED)","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge CS2193AB is a 3-gang 2-way intelligent dimmer with switchable trailing-edge and leading-edge modes, handling 10-200W traditional loads or 5-150W LED loads per gang. The antique brass square-edge faceplate sits flush with the wall on a premium-grade steel construction, with three rotary control knobs that push to switch on\/off and turn to dim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for installation in living rooms, bedrooms and dining rooms where three separate lighting circuits need independent dimming control from a single wall position, the dimmer allows each gang to be trimmed, mode-switched and reset from the front of the plate via the control knob. This makes it straightforward to adjust settings if lamps or fittings are changed without removing the plate or accessing rear terminals. The 2-way configuration allows the same lighting circuit to be controlled from two different wall positions when paired with a matching 2-way dimmer or switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trailing-edge mode (factory preset) suits most dimmable LED and low-voltage halogen lamps, while the leading-edge mode provides compatibility with older incandescent, halogen and some magnetic transformer-based loads. Each gang includes overload and overheat protection plus an inrush current limiter to manage the initial power surge when switched on. The antique brass finish develops a warmer patina over time and pairs well with traditional, classical and period interiors. The square-edge design sits level with the wall surface rather than projecting a visible bezel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimmer requires a 25mm minimum back box depth and screw terminals for live, neutral and earth connections. It carries an IP20 rating for dry indoor use and a 2-year warranty. Each gang must be loaded with identical lamp types and wattages — mixing different brands, wattages or lamp technologies (LED with halogen, for example) on the same gang will cause flickering or failure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6077432_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge mode (factory preset) suits most dimmable LED lamps and low-voltage halogen with electronic transformers. Leading-edge mode suits older incandescent, mains-voltage halogen and magnetic transformer loads. Switch modes via the front control knob if you experience flickering or poor dimming performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix LED and halogen lamps on the same gang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each gang must control identical lamp types, brands and wattages. Mixing different technologies or wattages on the same circuit will cause flickering, buzzing or dimmer failure. Run separate circuits or use separate gangs for different lamp types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-way allows the same lighting circuit to be controlled from two different wall positions. Pair this dimmer with another 2-way dimmer or 2-way switch at the second location. For single-position control only, wire as a 1-way (consult a qualified electrician).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed. The plate projects 10.5mm from the wall once installed. Deeper back boxes (35mm or 47mm) provide more cable management space but are not required for functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293717520651,"sku":"CS2193AB","price":51.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1673464_60b32d0a-42c1-4599-9bd0-4ad6140656f1.jpg?v=1714663106"},{"product_id":"4-gang-2-way-intelligent-dimmer-10-200w-led-antique-brass","title":"4 Gang 2-Way Intelligent Dimmer 10-200W LED - Antique Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 4-gang intelligent dimmer controls up to four separate lighting circuits from a single 149mm x 89mm faceplate, supporting loads from 10-200W for incandescent or halogen bulbs and 5-150W for dimmable LED lamps. Each gang switches between trailing-edge and leading-edge dimming modes via the control knob on the front of the plate, providing compatibility with a wide range of dimmable light sources without needing to access the back box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for homes, hospitality and commercial installations where multiple lighting zones are controlled from one location, the dimmer suits hallways with separate circuits for pendants and wall lights, living rooms with table lamps and ceiling fittings on independent circuits, or bedrooms where bedside lamps and overhead lighting are dimmed separately. The push on\/off and rotary dimming action on each gang allows fine control of light levels, and the preset trailing-edge mode means the dimmer works with most modern dimmable LED bulbs straight from installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish on the premium-grade steel faceplate provides a warm metallic tone that develops a subtle patina over time, pairing well with traditional, heritage and warm contemporary interiors. The square-edge profile sits flush to the wall with minimal projection (10.5mm), and the matching metal control knobs integrate into the plate design. Each gang includes overload and overheat protection, plus an inrush current limiter to handle the initial power surge when switching on. The dimmer requires a 25mm minimum back box depth and screw terminals for connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll trim adjustments, mode switching and reset functions are accessible from the front of the plate via the control knob, which means if you change the light fitting or swap to a different lamp type in the future, you can re-adjust the dimmer's trailing\/leading-edge mode and minimum brightness trim without removing the faceplate or disconnecting wiring. This makes the dimmer compatible with lamp technology changes over the lifetime of the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6077460_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge mode works with most modern dimmable LED bulbs and electronic transformers by cutting the trailing edge of the AC waveform. Leading-edge mode suits traditional incandescent, halogen and magnetic transformer loads by cutting the leading edge. The dimmer ships preset to trailing-edge mode and can be switched to leading-edge via the front control knob if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix different bulb types on the same gang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each gang must control lamps of the same brand, wattage and technology. Mixing different lamp brands, wattages or types (e.g. LED and halogen together) on a single dimmer gang causes incompatibility and can result in flickering, buzzing or the dimmer failing to dim properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I adjust the minimum brightness level?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePress and hold the control knob on the gang you want to adjust. The dimmer enters trim mode, allowing you to set the minimum brightness level that suits the connected lamps. This is useful when different LED bulbs have different minimum dim levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is required. The dimmer module sits behind the faceplate and needs adequate space for wiring and heat dissipation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293717618955,"sku":"CS2194AB","price":64.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1673458_41910e1b-0be6-42e9-a9da-fcb2376712ef.jpg?v=1714663113"},{"product_id":"1-gang-2-way-10-200w-intelligent-dimmer-brushed-brass-flat-plate","title":"1 Gang 2-Way 10-200W Intelligent Dimmer - Brushed Brass Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge FP2191BB is a 1-gang 2-way intelligent dimmer handling loads from 10-200W for incandescent, halogen or resistive lamps, and 5-150W for dimmable LED lamps. The dimmer switches between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes via a control knob on the front of the brushed brass faceplate, allowing compatibility with different dimmable lamp technologies without needing to replace the dimmer when bulbs are changed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential installation in dining rooms, living rooms and bedrooms where lighting levels need to be adjusted throughout the day, the dimmer operates as a push on\/off rotary control. Pressing the knob turns the circuit on or off, while rotating it adjusts brightness from 5% to 100%. The trailing-edge mode is preset at the factory and works well with most modern dimmable LED lamps, while the leading-edge mode remains available for older halogen or incandescent fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flat plate sits just 2.5mm proud of the wall once fitted to a standard 25mm back box, making it one of the lowest-profile dimmers in the Knightsbridge range. The brushed brass finish uses premium-grade steel with a directional grain that softens reflections and pairs well with both warm traditional interiors and warmer-toned contemporary schemes. The dimmer includes overload protection, overheat protection and an inrush current limiter to protect the circuit when lamps are first switched on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge recommends using matched lamps of the same brand, type and wattage on a single dimmer circuit to avoid compatibility issues. Mixing different LED brands or combining LEDs with incandescent lamps on the same dimmer can lead to flickering, reduced dimming range or premature lamp failure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6079833_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge mode is optimised for dimmable LED and low-voltage halogen lamps and is preset at the factory. Leading-edge mode suits older incandescent and mains-voltage halogen lamps. The dimmer switches between modes using the control knob on the front of the plate, so the same dimmer works with different lamp technologies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix LED bulbs from different brands on this dimmer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge recommends against mixing lamp brands, types or wattages on a single dimmer circuit. Different LEDs have different driver designs, and mixing them can cause flickering, reduced dimming range or uneven brightness across the lamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is required. The flat plate itself projects just 2.5mm from the wall once installed, giving an overall depth of 27.5mm from the wall surface to the front of the dimmer knob.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the dimmer reset if it stops working?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe control knob on the front of the plate includes a reset function. See the Product Specification Sheet linked above for the reset procedure, which typically involves holding the knob in a specific position for several seconds to clear the internal memory.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293718176011,"sku":"FP2191BB","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1533218_339a6ea0-4eaf-4b56-93c0-25f2ca32cb01.jpg?v=1714663130"},{"product_id":"1-gang-2-way-10-200w-intelligent-dimmer-polished-brass-flat-plate","title":"1 Gang 2-Way 10-200W Intelligent Dimmer - Polished Brass Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge FP2191PB is a 1-gang 2-way intelligent dimmer rated for 10-200W loads, or 5-150W when controlling dimmable LED lamps. The rotary knob provides push on\/off action and variable dimming control, with the dimmer supporting both trailing-edge and leading-edge dimming modes. Trailing-edge mode is pre-set as the default, optimised for modern dimmable LEDs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential installation in living rooms, bedrooms, dining rooms and hallways, the dimmer replaces a standard 1-gang light switch where variable lighting control is wanted. The 2-way configuration allows the same lighting circuit to be controlled from two different switch positions, making it suitable for staircases, long corridors, and rooms with two entry points. The front-mounted knob gives access to trim, reset and mode selection without removing the faceplate from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polished brass flat plate sits just 2.5mm proud of the wall surface, with the premium-grade steel faceplate finished in a high-shine brass that develops a natural patina over time. The matching brass dimmer cap maintains a consistent metallic finish across the whole plate. The dimmer includes overload and overheat protection, plus an inrush current limiter to handle the surge current when switching incandescent or halogen lamps. The unit fits a standard 25mm minimum back box depth and uses screw terminals for connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6079910_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge mode is the default setting and works best with dimmable LED and CFL lamps, providing smoother dimming with less flicker. Leading-edge mode suits traditional incandescent and halogen lamps. The dimmer can be switched between modes using the front-mounted controls without removing the faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this control different lamp types on the same circuit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Knightsbridge advises against using this dimmer in mixed environments where different lamp brands, types (LED vs halogen) or wattages are on the same circuit. Mixed loads can cause inconsistent dimming, flicker or premature failure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 2-way dimmer allows the same lighting circuit to be controlled from two different switch positions, such as at the top and bottom of a staircase or at either end of a long corridor. This requires a second 2-way switch or dimmer at the other position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed. The flat plate projects just 2.5mm from the wall once fitted, giving a low-profile finish suitable for modern interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293718307083,"sku":"FP2191PB","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1533256_6a721209-59dc-4195-b047-ce1115b01c7c.jpg?v=1714663139"},{"product_id":"2-gang-2-way-intelligent-dimmer-10-200w-5-150w-led-brushed-brass-flat-plate","title":"2 Gang 2 Way Intelligent Dimmer 10-200W (5-150W LED) - Brushed Brass Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge FP2192BB is a 2-gang 2-way intelligent dimmer supporting 10-200W incandescent or halogen loads and 5-150W LED loads per gang. The brushed brass flat plate sits 2.5mm proud of the wall when fitted, with two rotary dimmer knobs that control lighting in two separate zones independently. Each knob pushes to turn the circuit on or off and rotates to adjust brightness from 5% to 100%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential installation where two lighting circuits need independent dimming control from a single wall position, the dimmer automatically detects load type and switches between trailing-edge mode (for LEDs and low-voltage halogens) and leading-edge mode (for resistive incandescent loads). Mode switching, trimming and resetting are all performed from the front plate using the control knobs, so there is no need to remove the faceplate to adjust settings when changing bulb types or load configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimmer includes overload and overheat protection, shutting down the circuit if the load exceeds 200W per gang or if internal temperature rises above safe operating limits. An integrated Inrush Current Limiter (ICL) handles the brief high-current draw when switching on capacitive LED drivers, preventing nuisance tripping and extending the dimmer's operational life. The brushed brass finish carries a low-sheen satin texture that resists fingerprints and pairs well with warm-toned traditional and contemporary interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis dimmer requires a 25mm minimum back box depth and uses screw terminals for live, switched live and neutral connections. The faceplate is fixed with two visible screws at the top and bottom edges. The dimmer is rated IP20 for dry indoor locations only and must not be used in bathrooms or outdoor locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6079988_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this dimmer work with LED bulbs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The dimmer supports 5-150W LED loads per gang and automatically switches between trailing-edge mode (for LEDs and electronic transformers) and leading-edge mode (for resistive loads). Use dimmable LED bulbs only, and avoid mixing brands or wattages within the same fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I change the dimming mode?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMode switching, trimming and resetting are all performed from the front plate using the control knobs. Press and hold the knob for several seconds to enter programming mode, then follow the procedure in the downloadable specification sheet above. There is no need to remove the faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan both gangs control the same light?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a 2-gang 2-way dimmer, meaning it controls two separate lighting circuits independently. Each gang can be wired as part of a 2-way dimming circuit with a matching companion dimmer at another location, but the two gangs do not link to control the same load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed for safe installation. The faceplate adds 2.5mm projection from the wall once fitted, making this a low-profile option compared to deeper-plate dimmers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293718470923,"sku":"FP2192BB","price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1533350_f440b283-f698-41c4-8055-ca08de2dbbab.jpg?v=1714663147"},{"product_id":"2-gang-2-way-10-200w-intelligent-dimmer-polished-brass-flat-plate","title":"2 Gang 2-Way 10-200W Intelligent Dimmer - Polished Brass Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge FP2192PB is a 2-gang 2-way intelligent dimmer rated at 10-200W per gang (5-150W for LED loads), housed in a polished brass flat plate with a 2.5mm projection from the wall. The dimmer supports both trailing-edge and leading-edge modes, switchable via the front control knob, allowing it to work with resistive halogen, incandescent and most dimmable LED and CFL lamps. Each gang operates independently and includes overload and overheat protection plus an integrated inrush current limiter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential installations where two separate lighting zones need dimming control from a single plate, the dimmer suits living rooms with separate main and accent lighting, hallways with up and down lighting, or dining rooms with pendant and wall light circuits. The 2-way configuration allows the dimmer to work in conjunction with a matching 2-way switch at the opposite end of the same room, giving control from two locations. The rotary action provides smooth dimming with push on\/off at the centre of each knob.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flat plate construction uses premium-grade steel with a polished brass finish that develops a natural patina over time unless regularly polished. The ultra-low 2.5mm projection keeps the plate close to the wall, reducing snag risk in narrow hallways and tight spaces. The dimmer ships pre-set to trailing-edge mode, which suits most modern LED lamps, and can be trimmed, mode-switched or reset using the front control without removing the plate or accessing wiring. The 25mm minimum back box depth fits standard UK mounting boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6080029_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge mode suits most modern dimmable LED and CFL lamps and reduces electrical noise and flicker. Leading-edge mode suits older resistive loads like halogen and incandescent bulbs. The dimmer ships pre-set to trailing-edge and can be switched between modes using the front control knob.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix LED and halogen bulbs on the same gang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each gang should control only one lamp type and ideally one brand and wattage. Mixing different lamp technologies or wattages on the same circuit can cause flicker, buzzing or incompatibility with the dimmer's load detection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-way means the dimmer can work in conjunction with a matching 2-way switch at another location to control the same lighting circuit from two points in the room, such as at opposite ends of a hallway or either side of a bedroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the polished brass tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolished brass develops a natural patina over time when exposed to air and handling. This can be maintained with regular polishing using a brass cleaner, or left to age naturally for an antique appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293718667531,"sku":"FP2192PB","price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1533372_10ea4f04-39e0-4e12-97a3-62b0de33fcda.jpg?v=1714663155"},{"product_id":"3-gang-2-way-10-200w-intelligent-dimmer-brushed-brass","title":"3 Gang 2-Way 10-200W Intelligent Dimmer - Brushed Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 3-gang 2-way intelligent dimmer handles three separate lighting circuits from a single brushed brass faceplate, with each gang rated at 10-200W for incandescent or halogen loads and 5-150W for dimmable LED. The dimmer switches between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes from the front control knob, allowing compatibility with a wide range of lamp types without needing to remove the faceplate or rewire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for multi-zone lighting control in living rooms, dining rooms and bedrooms, the 2-way configuration allows the same lights to be controlled from two locations (e.g. either end of a hallway or at two entrances to a room). Each gang operates independently with a push on\/off action and rotary dimming via a matching brushed brass knob. The dimmer ships preset in trailing-edge mode, which suits most modern dimmable LED bulbs, and can be switched to leading-edge mode for older lamp technologies or specific fittings that require it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flat plate design sits just 2.5mm proud of the wall surface once fitted to a 25mm minimum back box, giving a low-profile finish that suits contemporary interiors. The premium-grade steel construction provides weight and rigidity, and the brushed brass finish softens reflections compared to polished brass while maintaining the warm metallic tone. Built-in overload and overheat protection automatically cuts power if the dimmer exceeds safe operating limits, and an inrush current limiter prevents surge damage when lamps are first switched on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe front-panel trim control allows minimum and maximum brightness levels to be adjusted after installation, making it straightforward to fine-tune dimming range if fittings or bulbs are changed. The dimmer is rated IP20 and requires earthing, so it must be fitted by a qualified electrician in accordance with BS 7671 wiring regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e147.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6080098_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge mode?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge mode is designed for dimmable LED and low-voltage electronic transformers, and is the preset mode on this dimmer. Leading-edge mode suits older incandescent, halogen and magnetic transformer loads. Most modern LED bulbs work best in trailing-edge mode, but the dimmer can be switched between modes from the front control knob if compatibility issues arise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix different bulb types on the same gang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each gang must control lamps of the same type, brand and wattage. Mixing different bulb brands, wattages or technologies (e.g. LED and halogen together) on a single gang causes erratic dimming, flicker and can damage the dimmer or the lamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 2-way dimmer can be wired to control the same lights from two different switch locations, such as either end of a hallway or two entrances to a room. It requires appropriate 2-way wiring between the two switch positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I adjust the minimum and maximum brightness?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe control knob on each gang can be used to trim the dimming range. Turn the knob fully anti-clockwise to set the minimum brightness level, or fully clockwise to set the maximum. Full instructions are in the specification sheet linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293718831371,"sku":"FP2193BB","price":50.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1533622_d348ecca-bf2c-4749-9036-93af1298e425.jpg?v=1714663164"},{"product_id":"3-gang-2-way-intelligent-dimmer-10-200w-5-150w-led-polished-brass-flat-plate","title":"3 Gang 2-Way Intelligent Dimmer 10-200W (5-150W LED) - Polished Brass Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge FP2193PB is a 3-gang 2-way intelligent dimmer that controls three separate lighting zones, each handling 10-200W resistive loads or 5-150W LED loads per gang. A polished brass flat plate measures 147.5mm wide and projects just 2.5mm from the wall once fitted. Each gang switches between trailing-edge and leading-edge dimming modes via the front control knob, giving compatibility across most dimmable LED, halogen and incandescent lamp types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential and hospitality installations where three separate lighting zones need independent dimming control from a single wall position, the dimmer fits a standard 25mm minimum back box depth. The 2-way wiring allows the dimmer to be paired with a conventional 2-way switch at a second location, enabling control of the same lighting circuit from two wall positions. Each rotary knob provides push on\/off action and continuous dimming rotation, with trim adjustment accessible from the front without removing the plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polished brass finish provides a warm metallic accent that pairs with traditional, classical and warm-toned contemporary interiors. The ultra-flat profile sits nearly flush to the wall, unlike standard-projection plates that protrude 8-10mm. Each gang includes overload and overheat protection plus an inrush current limiter to handle the initial power surge when switching on LED and low-voltage halogen circuits. The dimmer is preset in trailing-edge mode on installation and can be switched to leading-edge mode if required for specific lamp compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e147.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6080183_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge mode is preset and works with most dimmable LED bulbs, low-voltage halogen transformers and MLV loads. Leading-edge mode suits older resistive loads like incandescent and mains-voltage halogen. The dimmer ships in trailing-edge mode and can be switched to leading-edge via the front control knob if the lamps flicker or do not dim smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix different lamp types or wattages on the same gang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each gang must control lamps of the same brand, type and wattage. Mixing different lamp types or wattages on a single gang causes uneven dimming, flicker and can trigger overload protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed for safe installation. The 2.5mm projection from the wall is measured from the front of the back box once the plate is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I adjust the minimum brightness level?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trim adjustment is accessible from the front via the control knob without removing the plate. This allows you to set the minimum dim level to suit the specific lamps fitted, preventing them from flickering or turning off completely at the lowest dimmer setting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293718929675,"sku":"FP2193PB","price":50.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1533638_fd45314b-0d4e-4041-b64e-6f1691bc67ca.jpg?v=1714663172"},{"product_id":"4-gang-2-way-10-200w-intelligent-dimmer-brushed-brass","title":"4 Gang 2-Way 10-200W Intelligent Dimmer - Brushed Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 4-gang 2-way intelligent dimmer controls four separate lighting zones from a single 147.5mm x 87.5mm brushed brass faceplate, handling 10-200W incandescent or halogen loads and 5-150W LED loads per gang. The dimmer switches between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes via a front-panel control knob, making it compatible with most dimmable lamp types without needing to access the back box wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for multi-zone residential lighting control in living rooms, dining rooms and master bedrooms, each gang operates independently on a push on\/off, rotary dimming action. The 2-way configuration allows the same lighting circuit to be controlled from two separate switch positions — typically at opposite ends of a room or at the top and bottom of a staircase. The dimmer arrives preset in trailing-edge mode, which suits most LED and electronic transformers, but can be switched to leading-edge mode for older magnetic transformers or specific lamp compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushed brass finish provides a warm metallic accent on premium-grade steel construction with a 2.5mm projection from the wall once fitted to a 25mm minimum back box. Each gang includes overload and overheat protection, plus an inrush current limiter (ICL) to prevent nuisance tripping when switching on high-draw LED arrays. The front-panel trim and mode-switching knob allows the dimmer to be reset or recalibrated if lamps are changed in future without needing to pull the plate off the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll four zones must use the same brand and wattage of dimmable lamps — mixing different lamp brands, wattages or types (e.g. LED with halogen) on the same dimmer will cause flicker, noise or inconsistent dimming behaviour. The IP20 rating restricts use to dry indoor locations only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e147.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6080375_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge mode suits most modern dimmable LEDs and electronic transformers — it's the preset mode on this dimmer. Leading-edge mode suits older magnetic transformers and some halogen lamps. The dimmer can be switched between modes using the front-panel control knob without rewiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use different lamp brands on the four gangs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. All lamps controlled by this dimmer must be the same brand, wattage and type. Mixing different brands or wattages causes flicker, buzzing or inconsistent dimming. If you need to control different lamp types independently, use separate single-gang dimmers instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-way means the same lighting circuit can be controlled from two separate switch positions, such as at opposite ends of a hallway or at the top and bottom of a staircase. This requires additional intermediate wiring between the two switch positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed. The 2.5mm projection of the faceplate sits flush with most plasterboard and skimmed walls once fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293719453963,"sku":"FP2194BB","price":61.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1533688_a2798204-1976-4b18-a9d0-cd2ab6b187eb.jpg?v=1714663180"},{"product_id":"4-gang-2-way-intelligent-dimmer-10-200w-led-polished-brass-flat-plate","title":"4 Gang 2-Way Intelligent Dimmer 10-200W LED - Polished Brass Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 4-gang intelligent dimmer controls lighting across four separate zones from a single polished brass flat plate measuring 147.5mm wide by 87.5mm high. Each gang supports 10-200W incandescent or halogen loads, or 5-150W dimmable LED loads, with the ability to switch between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes from the front of the plate using the control knob. The dimmer comes preset in trailing-edge mode for compatibility with most modern dimmable LEDs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for multi-zone residential lighting installations where independent control of dining, lounge, kitchen and hallway circuits is needed from a single wall position, the dimmer fits a standard 25mm minimum back box depth. Each gang operates via a push on\/off action with rotary dimming, allowing precise control of light levels without needing to cycle through brightness settings. The flat plate design projects just 2.5mm from the wall once fitted, giving a low-profile finish that sits nearly flush with plasterwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polished brass finish is applied to premium-grade steel construction, providing a warm metallic accent that pairs with classical, traditional and warm-toned contemporary interiors. The dimmer includes overload and overheat protection, plus an inrush current limiter to prevent surges when switching on high-draw loads. Trimming, mode switching and resetting can all be done from the front of the plate without removing the faceplate or accessing the back box, allowing adjustments if lamps or fittings are changed in future.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimmer requires all lamps on each individual gang to be the same brand, type and wattage — mixing different lamp types or wattages on the same gang will cause flicker or incompatibility. Each gang can control a different lamp type from the others, but within each gang all lamps must match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e147.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6080401_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1588636.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between trailing-edge and leading-edge modes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrailing-edge mode suits most dimmable LED and CFL lamps and is the preset default. Leading-edge mode suits older incandescent and halogen lamps, and some transformers. You can switch between modes using the front control knob if you experience flicker or incompatibility with your specific lamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix different lamp types on the same gang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each gang must use identical lamps — same brand, same wattage, same type. Mixing different lamps on one gang causes flicker and may damage the dimmer. However, each of the four gangs can control a different lamp type from the others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed. The flat plate adds just 2.5mm projection from the wall once fitted, giving a nearly-flush finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I adjust the minimum brightness level?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimmer can be trimmed from the front of the plate using the control knob, allowing you to set the minimum and maximum brightness levels without removing the faceplate. Instructions for trimming are in the product manual linked in the Downloads section above.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293720076555,"sku":"FP2194PB","price":61.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1533722_f75c7392-7b8d-4fdf-b848-be2494e6707d.jpg?v=1714663190"},{"product_id":"1-gang-dimmer-plate-with-matching-metal-dimmer-cap-antique-brass-square-edge","title":"1 Gang Dimmer Plate with Matching Metal Dimmer Cap - Antique Brass Square Edge","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 1-gang dimmer plate is an 89mm square antique brass faceplate designed to accept either centre or offset dimmer modules. The plate is supplied unpopulated, allowing you to pair it with the specific dimmer module that matches your lighting load and control requirements. A matching antique brass metal cap for the dimmer knob is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential lighting control in rooms where a single dimmer circuit is needed, the plate suits living rooms, bedrooms, hallways and dining areas. The square edge profile sits flush with the wall surface, giving a defined edge and clean transition between the plate and the wall finish. The antique brass finish provides a warm, aged metallic tone that pairs well with traditional brass hardware, heritage-style switches, and warm-toned interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plate is constructed from premium-grade steel with a brushed antique brass coating that shows the directional grain of the metal surface. The built-in gasket between the plate and the back box improves dust and moisture resistance to the IP20 rating, suitable for dry indoor locations. The earth terminal allows connection of the earth wire from the back box to the metal plate. Knightsbridge backs the plate with a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6107584_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the dimmer module included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The plate is sold unpopulated, allowing you to choose the dimmer module that matches your lighting load. Knightsbridge offers centre and offset dimmer modules rated for LED, halogen and incandescent loads, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between centre and offset modules?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentre modules position the dimmer knob in the centre of the 89mm plate. Offset modules position the knob to one side, allowing you to install multiple offset modules on a multi-gang plate. For a single 1-gang plate, either type works.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used in bathrooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is rated IP20, so it is for dry rooms only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 25mm minimum back box depth is needed for most dimmer modules. The plate adds 10.5mm of projection from the wall surface once fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293720731915,"sku":"CS1DIMAB","price":8.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1639144_93a9092e-2a1b-4bcf-88e7-d8675b1e2c7e.jpg?v=1714663213"},{"product_id":"1-gang-dimmer-plate-with-matching-metal-dimmer-cap-brushed-brass-flat-plate","title":"1 Gang Dimmer Plate with Matching Metal Dimmer Cap - Brushed Brass Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Knightsbridge 1-gang dimmer plate is an unpopulated faceplate in brushed brass, supplied with a matching brushed brass metal dimmer cap. The flat plate design sits 2.5mm proud of the wall surface, with rounded corners and a brushed finish that softens reflections under daylight. The plate is designed to accept either centre-mounted or offset dimmer modules (sold separately), allowing it to be paired with the specific dimmer module needed for the lighting circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential and hospitality installations, the plate fits standard UK back boxes and includes an earth terminal and built-in gasket for secure mounting. Once a compatible dimmer module is installed behind the plate, the matching metal dimmer cap screws onto the module spindle, giving a coordinated finish with no visible plastic components. The 87.5mm square format is single-gang width, suitable for standard wall apertures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushed brass finish provides a warm metallic accent that pairs well with traditional, classical and warm-toned contemporary interiors. The premium-grade steel construction supports the 25-year warranty and maintains finish consistency across the Knightsbridge Flat Plate range, allowing this dimmer plate to be matched with switches, sockets and other accessories in the same finish and profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; height: 150.8px;\" class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.8677%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.6505%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.8677%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.6505%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.8677%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.6505%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 13.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.8677%; height: 13.6px;\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.6505%; height: 13.6px;\"\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.8677%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.6505%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.8677%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.6505%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.8677%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.6505%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 39.8677%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 57.6505%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6107594_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this plate include the dimmer module?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is an unpopulated faceplate only, supplied with the matching metal dimmer cap. You need to purchase a compatible dimmer module separately and install it behind the plate before the dimmer cap can be fitted to the module spindle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat dimmer modules are compatible?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plate accepts both centre-mounted and offset dimmer modules from the Knightsbridge range. Check the dimmer module specification to confirm it matches the lamp load type (LED, halogen, incandescent) and wattage of your lighting circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the plate projection from the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flat plate sits 2.5mm proud of the wall surface once installed. This low-profile design sits nearly flush with the wall, giving a cleaner finish than traditional raised-profile plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces the Flat Plate range in multiple finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, brushed brass, antique brass, matt black and white. Search for Knightsbridge Flat Plate at Niori to see other finishes in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293720797451,"sku":"FP1DIMBB","price":7.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1639110_cc19ad21-462d-4ef0-96cf-45d3bf4a524f.jpg?v=1714663218"},{"product_id":"1-gang-dimmer-plate-with-matching-metal-dimmer-cap-polished-brass-screwless","title":"1 Gang Dimmer Plate with Matching Metal Dimmer Cap - Polished Brass Screwless","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 1-gang dimmer plate is an 87.5mm square screwless faceplate in polished brass, supplied with a matching polished brass metal dimmer cap. The plate is unpopulated, meaning it accepts either centre-mounted or offset dimmer modules depending on wiring configuration and preference. The screwless cover clips onto a separate metal sub-frame, giving a clean finish with no visible fixings once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential dimmer installations in living rooms, dining rooms, bedrooms and hallways, the plate suits both traditional and contemporary interiors where a warm metallic accent is wanted. The polished brass finish reflects ambient light and develops a subtle patina over time unless polished regularly. The plate projects just 4.3mm from the wall once fitted, sitting nearly flush with plaster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe premium-grade steel construction includes a built-in gasket between the cover plate and the sub-frame, which helps seal against dust ingress and gives a tighter fit against the wall surface. The plate carries an IP20 rating for dry indoor use and comes with a 25-year warranty. The matching metal dimmer cap coordinates with the faceplate finish, avoiding the visual mismatch of a plastic control on a metal plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_6107611_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this plate include the dimmer module itself?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is an unpopulated dimmer plate, meaning you need to purchase a compatible Knightsbridge dimmer module separately. The plate accepts both centre and offset module positions depending on your wiring setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plate fits standard UK back boxes. The 4.3mm projection means the total depth from wall surface is minimal, but check the specific dimmer module you intend to use for its back box depth requirement, as that will determine the overall installation depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the screwless plate removable for redecorating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover plate clips onto a metal sub-frame fixed to the back box. The cover can be removed for painting or wallpapering around the switch and re-clipped without disturbing the wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the polished brass tarnish over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolished brass develops a natural patina with exposure to air and handling. Some users prefer this aged look; others maintain the high shine with occasional polishing using a brass cleaner. The finish is lacquered to slow tarnishing, but the lacquer will wear over time with regular contact.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293721223435,"sku":"SF1DIMPB","price":7.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/1639240_cf433f19-5b80-4da3-bb54-3291cf4b0c0b.jpg?v=1714663241"},{"product_id":"10ax-2-way-pull-cord-switch-antique-brass","title":"10AX 2-Way Pull Cord Switch - Antique Brass","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX 2-way pull cord switch features a 74mm diameter antique brass ceiling rose with a matching pull cord tip on a 1.5m black textile cord. The switch is rated at 10AX for 230V lighting circuits and supports 2-way wiring, allowing control from two switch positions (this ceiling pull cord plus a wall switch).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for bathrooms, en-suites, utility rooms, walk-in wardrobes and loft spaces where ceiling-level switching is required or preferred over wall-mounted switches. The IP20 rating makes it suitable for areas beyond the immediate splash zones in bathrooms (outside the zones). The 2-way capability means the light can be controlled from both the pull cord and a separate wall switch, useful in bathrooms with dual entry points or utility rooms where wall switching is also present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe antique brass finish is a mid-tone brushed brass with a subtle aged patina, providing warmth without the high shine of polished brass. The construction combines a thermoset resin ceiling rose with steel internals and an earth terminal for safe grounding. The pull cord is field-adjustable on installation if the 1.5m length needs shortening to suit ceiling height. The switch is certified to EN 60669-1 and carries a 25-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermoset resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u0026amp; steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eII\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_3768746_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_412746.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The IP20 rating makes it suitable for use outside the zones in bathrooms (600mm or more from the bath\/shower edge) and for any area outside the defined splash zones. It should not be installed directly above a bath or inside a shower enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 2-way mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-way wiring allows the light to be controlled from two switch positions — this ceiling pull cord plus a wall switch elsewhere in the room. If you only need single-point switching (just the pull cord), the switch can still be wired as a simple 1-way circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the cord length be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 1.5m cord can be shortened during installation by an electrician to suit your ceiling height. Most installations trim the cord so the pull tip hangs at approximately 1.8-2m above floor level for comfortable reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this pull cord switch in polished chrome, brushed chrome, polished brass, antique brass, matt black and white. Use the search function at Niori to find other finishes currently in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293737345291,"sku":"8300AB","price":10.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/329622_da6e245b-eef2-4d92-8df9-931bcd950809.jpg?v=1714663524"},{"product_id":"10ax-fan-isolator-switch-brushed-brass-flat-plate","title":"10AX Fan Isolator Switch - Brushed Brass Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX fan isolator switch provides independent control of extractor fans in bathrooms, utility rooms and en-suites while keeping lighting circuits active. The triple-pole switching isolates the fan unit at the wall without requiring separate access to consumer units or ceiling voids, allowing safe maintenance or replacement of the fan itself. The brushed brass faceplate and matching metal rocker sit 2.5mm proud of the wall in an ultra-low profile flat plate design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential bathroom installations, the switch fits a 16mm minimum mounting box depth and carries a 10A rating at 230V 50Hz. The triple-pole configuration means live, neutral and switched live are all isolated when the rocker is in the off position, providing full disconnection rather than single-pole live-only isolation. The switch is certified to EN 60669-1 and EN 60669-2-4, confirming compliance with general switch safety standards and specific requirements for isolating switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushed brass finish on premium-grade steel provides a warm metallic tone that pairs with traditional brass tapware, mirror frames and towel rails in bathrooms and with classical joinery in period properties. The flat plate design reduces projection from the wall compared to standard-depth switches, giving a cleaner profile on tiled surfaces. A built-in gasket sits between the faceplate and the wall to seal minor surface irregularities and provide a flush appearance on painted or tiled substrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1324766_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1284212.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does triple-pole switching mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTriple-pole switches isolate live, neutral and switched live conductors when turned off, providing full disconnection of the fan circuit. This allows the fan to be safely removed or serviced without switching off the lighting circuit or accessing the consumer unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat mounting box depth is needed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 16mm minimum mounting box depth is required. The flat plate design reduces projection to just 2.5mm from the wall surface once installed, making it suitable for shallow wall cavities and tiled bathroom surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The IP20 rating means the switch is suitable for use in bathroom zones outside the direct splash zones (typically outside zones 0, 1 and 2). It is commonly installed in bathrooms to control ceiling-mounted extractor fans, positioned on walls away from baths and shower enclosures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the rocker match the faceplate finish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The metal rocker is finished in the same brushed brass as the faceplate, giving a cohesive appearance across the entire switch rather than contrasting plastic rockers found on some competing designs.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293807272203,"sku":"FP1100BB","price":10.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/344774_410fdfdd-ad41-4f20-98c1-212e368f1fb7.jpg?v=1714664494"},{"product_id":"10ax-fan-isolator-switch-polished-brass-flat-plate","title":"10AX Fan Isolator Switch - Polished Brass Flat Plate","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Knightsbridge 10AX fan isolator switch provides triple-pole switching for extractor fans in bathrooms, utility rooms and kitchens, mounted behind a polished brass flat plate with a matching brass rocker. The triple-pole configuration isolates the fan circuit completely when switched off, allowing the fan to be serviced or cleaned while the rest of the room's electrical circuits remain active.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for residential and commercial installation, the switch fits a shallow 16mm minimum back box depth and projects just 2.5mm from the wall once fitted, making it one of the lowest-profile switches in the Knightsbridge range. The flat plate has no raised edges or bevels, sitting flush with the wall surface and pairing cleanly with modern tiled bathrooms, utility areas and contemporary interiors where visible hardware is kept minimal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polished brass finish is a warm metallic tone that works well in traditional bathrooms with brass taps and towel rails, and in warmer contemporary schemes with gold or brass accents. The switch is rated at 10AX on 230V, handling loads up to 2,300W, which covers standard domestic extractor fans and inline duct fans. The plate is constructed from premium-grade steel with a polished brass coating, and carries an IP20 rating suitable for general indoor use outside wet zones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecification\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec_table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. Mounting Box Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarth Terminal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/products_1324809_datasheet.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eProduct Specification Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/manual_1284226.pdf\" target=\"_self\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eFrequently Asked\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a fan isolator switch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA fan isolator switch allows an extractor fan to be switched off and isolated from the mains supply for maintenance, cleaning or servicing, while the rest of the room's lighting and power circuits remain operational. Building regulations in the UK typically require a means of isolation for bathroom extractor fans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat back box depth is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe switch requires a minimum 16mm back box depth. The ultra-flat plate design projects just 2.5mm from the wall once installed, making it suitable for shallow mounting situations where a standard-depth back box cannot be accommodated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe switch carries an IP20 rating, which means it is suitable for general indoor use but not rated for wet zones (zones 0, 1 or 2 as defined by IEE wiring regulations). It should be positioned outside the zones, typically on the wall outside the bathroom or in a dry area of the room away from baths, showers and basins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other finishes are available in this range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnightsbridge produces this ultra-flat fan isolator in multiple finishes including polished chrome, brushed chrome, matt black, white and antique brass. Use the search function or browse the Knightsbridge category to find other variants stocked at Niori.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Knightsbridge","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45293807370507,"sku":"FP1100PB","price":10.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/files\/344780_80c294a3-b8d2-4b1b-a427-56e46fba3e60.jpg?v=1714664501"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0729\/8993\/3835\/collections\/103454_bd1b0e7e-d06e-4f8d-8540-c7ad25860260.jpg?v=1791125958","url":"https:\/\/niori.co.uk\/collections\/brass-light-switches.oembed?page=3","provider":"Niori","version":"1.0","type":"link"}